Faculty of Philology / ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / INTRODUCION TO GENERAL LINGUISTICS
| Course: | INTRODUCION TO GENERAL LINGUISTICS/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 10036 | Obavezan | 1 | 3 | 2+0+0 |
| Programs | ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE |
| Prerequisites | |
| Aims | |
| Learning outcomes | |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | |
| Methodology |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | |
| I week exercises | |
| II week lectures | |
| II week exercises | |
| III week lectures | |
| III week exercises | |
| IV week lectures | |
| IV week exercises | |
| V week lectures | |
| V week exercises | |
| VI week lectures | |
| VI week exercises | |
| VII week lectures | |
| VII week exercises | |
| VIII week lectures | |
| VIII week exercises | |
| IX week lectures | |
| IX week exercises | |
| X week lectures | |
| X week exercises | |
| XI week lectures | |
| XI week exercises | |
| XII week lectures | |
| XII week exercises | |
| XIII week lectures | |
| XIII week exercises | |
| XIV week lectures | |
| XIV week exercises | |
| XV week lectures | |
| XV week exercises |
| Student workload | |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 3 credits x 40/30=4 hours and 0 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 0 excercises 2 hour(s) i 0 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =64 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =8 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 3 x 30=90 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 64 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 8 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | |
| Consultations | |
| Literature | |
| Examination methods | |
| Special remarks | |
| Comment |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Philology / ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / INTRODUCTION TO GENERAL LINGUISTICS
| Course: | INTRODUCTION TO GENERAL LINGUISTICS/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 1909 | Obavezan | 1 | 3 | 2+0+0 |
| Programs | ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE |
| Prerequisites | |
| Aims | |
| Learning outcomes | |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | |
| Methodology |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | |
| I week exercises | |
| II week lectures | |
| II week exercises | |
| III week lectures | |
| III week exercises | |
| IV week lectures | |
| IV week exercises | |
| V week lectures | |
| V week exercises | |
| VI week lectures | |
| VI week exercises | |
| VII week lectures | |
| VII week exercises | |
| VIII week lectures | |
| VIII week exercises | |
| IX week lectures | |
| IX week exercises | |
| X week lectures | |
| X week exercises | |
| XI week lectures | |
| XI week exercises | |
| XII week lectures | |
| XII week exercises | |
| XIII week lectures | |
| XIII week exercises | |
| XIV week lectures | |
| XIV week exercises | |
| XV week lectures | |
| XV week exercises |
| Student workload | |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 3 credits x 40/30=4 hours and 0 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 0 excercises 2 hour(s) i 0 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =64 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =8 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 3 x 30=90 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 64 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 8 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | |
| Consultations | |
| Literature | |
| Examination methods | |
| Special remarks | |
| Comment |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Philology / ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / MONTENEGRIN LANGUAGE 1
| Course: | MONTENEGRIN LANGUAGE 1/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 9990 | Obavezan | 1 | 3 | 2+1+0 |
| Programs | ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE |
| Prerequisites | |
| Aims | |
| Learning outcomes | |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | |
| Methodology |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | |
| I week exercises | |
| II week lectures | |
| II week exercises | |
| III week lectures | |
| III week exercises | |
| IV week lectures | |
| IV week exercises | |
| V week lectures | |
| V week exercises | |
| VI week lectures | |
| VI week exercises | |
| VII week lectures | |
| VII week exercises | |
| VIII week lectures | |
| VIII week exercises | |
| IX week lectures | |
| IX week exercises | |
| X week lectures | |
| X week exercises | |
| XI week lectures | |
| XI week exercises | |
| XII week lectures | |
| XII week exercises | |
| XIII week lectures | |
| XIII week exercises | |
| XIV week lectures | |
| XIV week exercises | |
| XV week lectures | |
| XV week exercises |
| Student workload | |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 3 credits x 40/30=4 hours and 0 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 1 excercises 1 hour(s) i 0 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =64 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =8 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 3 x 30=90 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 64 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 8 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | |
| Consultations | |
| Literature | |
| Examination methods | |
| Special remarks | |
| Comment |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Philology / ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / ITALIAN CIVILISATON 1
| Course: | ITALIAN CIVILISATON 1/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 10032 | Obavezan | 1 | 3 | 2+0+0 |
| Programs | ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE |
| Prerequisites | |
| Aims | The course aims to familiarize students with the most essential social, political, and cultural-artistic facts and the development Italian history, culture and art from the fall of the Roman Empire to the end of the 15th century. from World War I to the beginning of the 21st century |
| Learning outcomes | After completing the course and passing the exam, the student should be able to: 1. Describe the basic geographical characteristics and current administrative structure of Italy; 2. Describe the development of art on the soil of todays Italy from early Christianity to humanism; 3. Explain the social, political and economic development of states forms on the Apennines peninsula up to the 15th century; 4. Explain the specifics of the development of the Italian City-State: from Commune to Signoria |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Marko Vukčević, PhD |
| Methodology |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Introduction: geographical position and administrative organization of Italy |
| I week exercises | |
| II week lectures | The Apennine Peninsula before and during the time of ancient Rome |
| II week exercises | |
| III week lectures | The territory of Italy at the time of fall of the Western Roman Empire |
| III week exercises | |
| IV week lectures | Development and spread of Christianity. Feudalism. Franks and Lombards |
| IV week exercises | |
| V week lectures | Early Christian art in Italy. Romanesque art in Italy |
| V week exercises | |
| VI week lectures | Social and political situation in Italy in the 13th century |
| VI week exercises | |
| VII week lectures | Italian City Communes: origins and evolution |
| VII week exercises | |
| VIII week lectures | Italian Gothic. Giotto di Bondone |
| VIII week exercises | |
| IX week lectures | Italian Maritime republics. The origin and rise of the Republic of Venice |
| IX week exercises | |
| X week lectures | Mid-term exam |
| X week exercises | |
| XI week lectures | Make-up exam |
| XI week exercises | |
| XII week lectures | Christianity in the 12th and 13th century. Church, Monastic Orders and Heretical movements |
| XII week exercises | |
| XIII week lectures | Social and political situation in Italy in the 14th century |
| XIII week exercises | |
| XIV week lectures | Signoria: origins and evolution of Italian city-state |
| XIV week exercises | |
| XV week lectures | Music in Italy in the Middle Ages and the Renaissance |
| XV week exercises |
| Student workload | WEEKLY: 3 credits x 40/30= 4 hours. Structure: 1,5 hours of lectures; 2,5 hours of individual work, including consultations, homework, reading the set literature. DURING THE SEMESTER: Teaching and final exam: (4 hours) x 16 = 64 hours. Mandatory preparation before the start of the semester (administration, enrolment, review) 2 x 4 hours = 8 hours. Total workload for the subject 3 x 30 = 90 hours. Additional work for preparation of exams in the make-up exam period, including taking the make-up exam between 0 and 30 hours (time left over between the first two points and the overall workload for the subject: 18 hours). Workload structure: 64 hours (teaching) + 8 hours (preparation) + 18 hours (additional work) |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 3 credits x 40/30=4 hours and 0 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 0 excercises 2 hour(s) i 0 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =64 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =8 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 3 x 30=90 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 64 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 8 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | |
| Consultations | |
| Literature | 1. Đulijano Prokači: Istorija Italijana, CID, Podgorica/Filozofski fakultet, Nikšić, 2010; 2. Christopher Duggan: A Concise History of Italy, Cambridge University Press, 1994; 3. Gianluigi Ugo: Piccola storia d’Italia, Guerra Edizioni, Perugia, 1994; 4. H. W. Janson: Istorija umetnosti, Pregled razvoja likovnih umetnosti od praistorije do danas, Prosveta, Beograd, 1982; 5. Norbert Dufourcq, Piccola storia della musica, Gremese Editore, Roma, 1993; 6. Enciklopedijski priručnici i opšta istorijska literatura. |
| Examination methods | Attendance, activity during classes, preparation and presentation of tasks assigned - 10 points; Mid-term exam - 30 points; Final exam - 60 points. Grading is structured within the scale 0-100% of the mastered material, while the passing grade will be achieved with the accumulation of 51% of the total material; E: 50 – 59 D: 60 – 69 C: 70 – 79 B: 80 – 89 A: 90 – 100. |
| Special remarks | |
| Comment |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Philology / ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / ENGLISH LANGUAGE I
| Course: | ENGLISH LANGUAGE I/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 1487 | Izborni | 1 | 4 | 2+2+0 |
| Programs | ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE |
| Prerequisites | None |
| Aims | Improving the skills of understanding spoken and written language; improving the knowledge of grammar in English; an active use of the English language at B2.1 level in oral and written communication. |
| Learning outcomes | After the student passes this exam, he / she will be able to: - improve the skills of speaking, listening, reading and writing in English - level B2.1 - apply grammatical structures of the English language - level B2.1 - actively use English (B2.1) in oral and written communication - apply an expanded vocabulary of English |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Saša Simović, Associate Professor; Marina Babić ,MA |
| Methodology | Lectures, seminars, consultations, homework, presentations |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Introduction to the course |
| I week exercises | Grammar review |
| II week lectures | Home and away; Tylers tweets; Language focus |
| II week exercises | Listening comprehension; Integrated skills |
| III week lectures | Identifying the tenses; Listening and speaking; Things I miss from home. Vocabulary search |
| III week exercises | Identifying the tenses; Grammar review |
| IV week lectures | Reading and speaking: Saroos story - Lost and found |
| IV week exercises | Informal writing - Correcting mistakes; Integrated skills |
| V week lectures | Vocabulary and pronunciation; Compound words; Casual conversation |
| V week exercises | Presentations |
| VI week lectures | Been there, got the T-shirt! Off to see the world; Vocabulary search |
| VI week exercises | Present Perfect Simple and Continuous |
| VII week lectures | Destination Lonely Planet; Speaking and listening: Dreams come true |
| VII week exercises | Writing: A formal letter/ email; Integrated skills. Grammar review |
| VIII week lectures | TEST 1 |
| VIII week exercises | Presentations |
| IX week lectures | Reading comprehension: A planet poisoned by plastic. Discussion |
| IX week exercises | Vocabulary search: A literary text translation |
| X week lectures | Hot verbs- make / do; Phrasal verbs; Reading comprehension |
| X week exercises | Integrated skills; Listening comprehension |
| XI week lectures | News and views; Narrative tenses |
| XI week exercises | Grammar review; Narrative tenses |
| XII week lectures | Spoken English: Giving and receiving news; Vocabulary and speaking: Books and films; A newspaper article translation |
| XII week exercises | Writing: Using adverbs in narratives; Integrated skills |
| XIII week lectures | Reading comprehension: The clinging woman; Vocabulary work |
| XIII week exercises | Listening: Page to screen; Group work / project |
| XIV week lectures | Showing interest and surprise; A literary text translation |
| XIV week exercises | TEST 2 |
| XV week lectures | Film |
| XV week exercises | General revision |
| Student workload | per week 4 credits x 40/30 = 5 hours and 20 minutes Structure: 2 hours of lectures 2 hours of exercise 2 hours and 40 minutes individual student work (preparation for laboratory exercises, colloquiums, homework assignments) including consultations per semester In the semester Teaching hours and final exam: (5 hours and 20 minutes) x 16 = 85 hours and 20 minutes Necessary preparation before the start of the semester (administration, enrollment, certification): 2 x (10 hours and 40 minutes) = 21 hours and 20 minutes Total load for the course: 120 hours Supplementary work for the preparation of exams in the corrective test period, including taking a correction exam from 0 - 30 hours. Load structure: 170 hours and 40 minutes (instruction) + 21 hours and 20 minutes (preparation) + 30 hours (supplementary work) |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 4 credits x 40/30=5 hours and 20 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 1 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =85 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =10 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 4 x 30=120 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 85 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | Students are obliged to attend the classes, prepare themselves and participate actively in classes, do homework |
| Consultations | After each class |
| Literature | Liz & John Soars (2014), New Headway-Upper-intermediate: Students Book, OUP (4th edition). Additional materials (literary texts; audio materials; grammar exercises). |
| Examination methods | test 1 - 20 points, test 2 - 35 points, attendance - 2,5 + 2,5; final exam - 40 points. A pass mark is obtained if the student accumulates at least 50 points. |
| Special remarks | Lectures and seminars are taught in English. |
| Comment | None. |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Philology / ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / ENGLISH LANGUAGE I
| Course: | ENGLISH LANGUAGE I/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 1487 | Izborni | 1 | 4 | 2+2+0 |
| Programs | ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE |
| Prerequisites | None |
| Aims | Improving the skills of understanding spoken and written language; improving the knowledge of grammar in English; an active use of the English language at B2.1 level in oral and written communication. |
| Learning outcomes | After the student passes this exam, he / she will be able to: - improve the skills of speaking, listening, reading and writing in English - level B2.1 - apply grammatical structures of the English language - level B2.1 - actively use English (B2.1) in oral and written communication - apply an expanded vocabulary of English |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Saša Simović, Associate Professor; Marina Babić ,MA |
| Methodology | Lectures, seminars, consultations, homework, presentations |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Introduction to the course |
| I week exercises | Grammar review |
| II week lectures | Home and away; Tylers tweets; Language focus |
| II week exercises | Listening comprehension; Integrated skills |
| III week lectures | Identifying the tenses; Listening and speaking; Things I miss from home. Vocabulary search |
| III week exercises | Identifying the tenses; Grammar review |
| IV week lectures | Reading and speaking: Saroos story - Lost and found |
| IV week exercises | Informal writing - Correcting mistakes; Integrated skills |
| V week lectures | Vocabulary and pronunciation; Compound words; Casual conversation |
| V week exercises | Presentations |
| VI week lectures | Been there, got the T-shirt! Off to see the world; Vocabulary search |
| VI week exercises | Present Perfect Simple and Continuous |
| VII week lectures | Destination Lonely Planet; Speaking and listening: Dreams come true |
| VII week exercises | Writing: A formal letter/ email; Integrated skills. Grammar review |
| VIII week lectures | TEST 1 |
| VIII week exercises | Presentations |
| IX week lectures | Reading comprehension: A planet poisoned by plastic. Discussion |
| IX week exercises | Vocabulary search: A literary text translation |
| X week lectures | Hot verbs- make / do; Phrasal verbs; Reading comprehension |
| X week exercises | Integrated skills; Listening comprehension |
| XI week lectures | News and views; Narrative tenses |
| XI week exercises | Grammar review; Narrative tenses |
| XII week lectures | Spoken English: Giving and receiving news; Vocabulary and speaking: Books and films; A newspaper article translation |
| XII week exercises | Writing: Using adverbs in narratives; Integrated skills |
| XIII week lectures | Reading comprehension: The clinging woman; Vocabulary work |
| XIII week exercises | Listening: Page to screen; Group work / project |
| XIV week lectures | Showing interest and surprise; A literary text translation |
| XIV week exercises | TEST 2 |
| XV week lectures | Film |
| XV week exercises | General revision |
| Student workload | per week 4 credits x 40/30 = 5 hours and 20 minutes Structure: 2 hours of lectures 2 hours of exercise 2 hours and 40 minutes individual student work (preparation for laboratory exercises, colloquiums, homework assignments) including consultations per semester In the semester Teaching hours and final exam: (5 hours and 20 minutes) x 16 = 85 hours and 20 minutes Necessary preparation before the start of the semester (administration, enrollment, certification): 2 x (10 hours and 40 minutes) = 21 hours and 20 minutes Total load for the course: 120 hours Supplementary work for the preparation of exams in the corrective test period, including taking a correction exam from 0 - 30 hours. Load structure: 170 hours and 40 minutes (instruction) + 21 hours and 20 minutes (preparation) + 30 hours (supplementary work) |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 4 credits x 40/30=5 hours and 20 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 1 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =85 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =10 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 4 x 30=120 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 85 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | Students are obliged to attend the classes, prepare themselves and participate actively in classes, do homework |
| Consultations | After each class |
| Literature | Liz & John Soars (2014), New Headway-Upper-intermediate: Students Book, OUP (4th edition). Additional materials (literary texts; audio materials; grammar exercises). |
| Examination methods | test 1 - 20 points, test 2 - 35 points, attendance - 2,5 + 2,5; final exam - 40 points. A pass mark is obtained if the student accumulates at least 50 points. |
| Special remarks | Lectures and seminars are taught in English. |
| Comment | None. |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Philology / ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / FRENCH LANGUAGE I
| Course: | FRENCH LANGUAGE I/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 3913 | Izborni | 1 | 4 | 2+2+0 |
| Programs | ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE |
| Prerequisites | |
| Aims | 1. Systematic development of all language skills in the field of general French, ending with level A1.1 of the CEFR; 2. Getting to know the terminology and structures of the general French language in written and oral communication at level A1.1; 3. Acquisition of grammatical knowledge, techniques and skills necessary for understanding and translating texts and oral presentations from the field of general French at level A1.1. |
| Learning outcomes | 1. Demonstrate basic receptive and productive, i.e., communicative competence in general French at level A1.1 of the CEFR; 2. Use the language norm of the standard language in written and oral communication at level A1.1; 3. Apply grammatical knowledge, techniques and skills of written and oral translation and translate short texts from French and into French from the field of general French language at level A1.1; 4. Analyze a written or spoken text in detail and comprehensively and recognize key ideas and implicit meaning at A1.1 level of general French; 5. Discuss topics from the general French language at level A1.1. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | |
| Methodology |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | |
| I week exercises | |
| II week lectures | |
| II week exercises | |
| III week lectures | |
| III week exercises | |
| IV week lectures | |
| IV week exercises | |
| V week lectures | |
| V week exercises | |
| VI week lectures | |
| VI week exercises | |
| VII week lectures | |
| VII week exercises | |
| VIII week lectures | |
| VIII week exercises | |
| IX week lectures | |
| IX week exercises | |
| X week lectures | |
| X week exercises | |
| XI week lectures | |
| XI week exercises | |
| XII week lectures | |
| XII week exercises | |
| XIII week lectures | |
| XIII week exercises | |
| XIV week lectures | |
| XIV week exercises | |
| XV week lectures | |
| XV week exercises |
| Student workload | |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 4 credits x 40/30=5 hours and 20 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 1 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =85 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =10 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 4 x 30=120 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 85 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | |
| Consultations | |
| Literature | |
| Examination methods | |
| Special remarks | |
| Comment |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Philology / ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / RUSSIAN LANGUAGE I
| Course: | RUSSIAN LANGUAGE I/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 3916 | Izborni | 1 | 4 | 2+2+0 |
| Programs | ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE |
| Prerequisites | |
| Aims | |
| Learning outcomes | |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | |
| Methodology |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | |
| I week exercises | |
| II week lectures | |
| II week exercises | |
| III week lectures | |
| III week exercises | |
| IV week lectures | |
| IV week exercises | |
| V week lectures | |
| V week exercises | |
| VI week lectures | |
| VI week exercises | |
| VII week lectures | |
| VII week exercises | |
| VIII week lectures | |
| VIII week exercises | |
| IX week lectures | |
| IX week exercises | |
| X week lectures | |
| X week exercises | |
| XI week lectures | |
| XI week exercises | |
| XII week lectures | |
| XII week exercises | |
| XIII week lectures | |
| XIII week exercises | |
| XIV week lectures | |
| XIV week exercises | |
| XV week lectures | |
| XV week exercises |
| Student workload | |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 4 credits x 40/30=5 hours and 20 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 1 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =85 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =10 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 4 x 30=120 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 85 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | |
| Consultations | |
| Literature | |
| Examination methods | |
| Special remarks | |
| Comment |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Philology / ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / GERMAN LANGUAGE I
| Course: | GERMAN LANGUAGE I/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 9744 | Izborni | 1 | 4 | 2+2+0 |
| Programs | ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE |
| Prerequisites | None. |
| Aims | The main goal of the course is to enable students to understand the basic categories and terms of the modern language. |
| Learning outcomes | Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: 1. Master the German alphabet, basic pronunciation rules, and numbers. 2. Distinguish between nouns, pronouns, and other word types in German. 3. Apply conjugation rules to simple weak verbs in the present tense. 4. Recognize indefinite and definite articles in the nominative case. 5. Use the verbs "sein" and "haben" in the present tense. 6. Formulate basic declarative and interrogative sentences for introductions and presentations. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Sabina Osmanović, Assistant Professor Gorica Vujović, Teaching Associate |
| Methodology | Lectures and exercises. |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Personalpronomen, Konjugation einfacher Verben (heißen, kommen…), Vorstellen |
| I week exercises | Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien |
| II week lectures | Konjugation schwacher Verben |
| II week exercises | Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien |
| III week lectures | Alphabet und Zahlen |
| III week exercises | Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien |
| IV week lectures | Artikel, Negation, Nomen im Singular und Plural |
| IV week exercises | Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien |
| V week lectures | Aussagesatz, Wort- und Satzfragen |
| V week exercises | Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien |
| VI week lectures | Midterm exam. |
| VI week exercises | Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien |
| VII week lectures | Possesivartikel und Personalpronomen |
| VII week exercises | Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien |
| VIII week lectures | Nominativ, Akkusativ und transitive Verben |
| VIII week exercises | Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien |
| IX week lectures | Akkusativ im Vorfeld, Negation |
| IX week exercises | Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien |
| X week lectures | Trennbare Verben, starke Verben |
| X week exercises | Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien |
| XI week lectures | Modalverben |
| XI week exercises | Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien |
| XII week lectures | Make up exam. |
| XII week exercises | Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien |
| XIII week lectures | Satzklammern, Vorfeldbesetzung |
| XIII week exercises | Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien |
| XIV week lectures | Perfekt schwacher Verben |
| XIV week exercises | Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien |
| XV week lectures | Perfekt starker und gemischter Verben |
| XV week exercises | Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien |
| Student workload | WEEKLY: 4 credits x 40/30 = 5 hours and 20 minutes Structure: 2 hours of lectures, 2 hours of practice, 1 hour and 20 minutes of individual student work (preparation for laboratory practice, tests, homework) including consultations PER SEMESTER: Class attendance and final exam: (5 hours and 20 minutes) x 16 = 85 hours and 20 minutes Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, enrollment, verification): 2 x (5 hours and 20 minutes) = 10 hours and 40 minutes Total: 4 x 30 = 120 hours Additional work for preparation of the make-up exam: 0 - 30 hours. Structure: 85 hours and 20 minutes (classes) + 10 hours and 40 minutes (preparation) + 24 hours (additional work) |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 4 credits x 40/30=5 hours and 20 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 1 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =85 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =10 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 4 x 30=120 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 85 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | Students are obliged to attend lectures, engage actively in class activities, complete all assignments, including tests and mid-term exams, as well as the final exam. |
| Consultations | Mondays and per e-mail. |
| Literature | Helbig, G./Buscha, J.: Deutsche Grammatik 1981, Prevod: Đukanović, J.: Mali Duden, 1981, Niebisch, D. ;Penning-Hiemstra, S.; Sprecht, F.; Bovermann M.; Reimann M.: Schritte international 1 |
| Examination methods | The assessment includes class attendance, active participation, homework, midterms, and the final exam. |
| Special remarks | |
| Comment | At the start of the semester, students will receive a detailed weekly course outline, including materials and assignments. |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Philology / ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / SPANISH LANGUAGE I
| Course: | SPANISH LANGUAGE I/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 10026 | Izborni | 1 | 4 | 2+2+0 |
| Programs | ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE |
| Prerequisites | |
| Aims | |
| Learning outcomes | |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | |
| Methodology |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | |
| I week exercises | |
| II week lectures | |
| II week exercises | |
| III week lectures | |
| III week exercises | |
| IV week lectures | |
| IV week exercises | |
| V week lectures | |
| V week exercises | |
| VI week lectures | |
| VI week exercises | |
| VII week lectures | |
| VII week exercises | |
| VIII week lectures | |
| VIII week exercises | |
| IX week lectures | |
| IX week exercises | |
| X week lectures | |
| X week exercises | |
| XI week lectures | |
| XI week exercises | |
| XII week lectures | |
| XII week exercises | |
| XIII week lectures | |
| XIII week exercises | |
| XIV week lectures | |
| XIV week exercises | |
| XV week lectures | |
| XV week exercises |
| Student workload | |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 4 credits x 40/30=5 hours and 20 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 1 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =85 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =10 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 4 x 30=120 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 85 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | |
| Consultations | |
| Literature | |
| Examination methods | |
| Special remarks | |
| Comment |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Philology / ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / ITALIAN LITERATURE 1 - MIDDLE AGES
| Course: | ITALIAN LITERATURE 1 - MIDDLE AGES/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 10031 | Obavezan | 1 | 4 | 2+1+0 |
| Programs | ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE |
| Prerequisites | There are no pre-conditions for the attendance of this course. |
| Aims | Acquainting the students with the major trends and literary movements in Italy in XIII and XIV century, and with leading literary figures and their most representative works |
| Learning outcomes | After successfully completing the course, the student will be able to: 1. Explain the process of the emergence of literature in Italian language. 2. Describe the poetic and genre characteristics of Italian literature of the Middle Ages. 3. Categorize the works of Italian literature written in the XIII and XIV century by literary periods and genres. 4. Present the most important authors of the Italian literature of XIII and XIV century and their works. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Professor: Vesna Kilibarda, phd Assistant: Desanka Jauković, M. A. |
| Methodology | Lectures, seminars, homework, text analysis, required reading, consultations |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Medieval society and the beginning of literature on volgare |
| I week exercises | Familiarizing students with the methods of the teaching process and obligations, assignment of topics for papers . |
| II week lectures | Medieval culture: institutions and intellectuals |
| II week exercises | Space, time and social relations in the Middle Ages |
| III week lectures | Italian literature in respect to the literature of other European countries |
| III week exercises | First documents in Italian "volgare" |
| IV week lectures | Sicilian school; toscan poetry |
| IV week exercises | Genres and topics of Sicilian school and Tuscan poetry |
| V week lectures | Poetry of the “new stile” |
| V week exercises | Poetry of "Dolce Stil Novo" |
| VI week lectures | Comical-realistic poetry; religious poetry |
| VI week exercises | Genres and topics of comical-realistic and religious poetry |
| VII week lectures | Italian medieval prose |
| VII week exercises | Genres and topics of Italian medieval prose |
| VIII week lectures | Mid-term exam |
| VIII week exercises | Detailed analysis of mid-term exam |
| IX week lectures | Dante: life; works before the "Divine Comedy" |
| IX week exercises | Students presentations on the assigned topics (profile of the medieval intellectual and artist) |
| X week lectures | The "Divine Comedy" |
| X week exercises | Analysis of the selected episodes of the "Divine Comedy" |
| XI week lectures | Petrarch: life, works on Latin |
| XI week exercises | Students presentations on the assigned topics (profile of the medieval merchant and citizen) |
| XII week lectures | "Canzoniere" |
| XII week exercises | Analysis of the selected poems of the "Canzoniere" |
| XIII week lectures | Bocaccio:life; works before the "Decameron" |
| XIII week exercises | Students presentations on the assigned topics (profile of a women in Middle Ages) |
| XIV week lectures | the "Decameron" |
| XIV week exercises | Analysis of the selected stories of the "Decameron" |
| XV week lectures | Mid-term exam |
| XV week exercises | Detailed analysis of mid-term exam |
| Student workload | WEEKLY 4 credits x 40/30 = 5 hours and 20 min. Structure: 2 hours of lectures 1 hour of exercises 2 hours and 20 min of independent work including office hours. PER SEMESTER Class attendance and final exams: (5 hours and 20 min) x 16 = 85 hours and 20 min. Necessary preparations before the beginning of the semester (administration, enrollment, verification) 2 x (5 hours and 20 min) = 10 hours and 40 min. Total: 4x30 = 120 hours Additional work for the preparation of the make-up exam: 0 to 36 hours Structure: 85 hours and 20 min (classes) +10 hours and 40 min (preparation) + 24 hours (additional work) |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 4 credits x 40/30=5 hours and 20 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 1 excercises 2 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =85 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =10 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 4 x 30=120 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 85 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | |
| Consultations | Tuesday: 11:30 - 12:30 |
| Literature | Feroni, Đ., Istorija italijanske književnosti, CID, Podgorica 2005; Čale, F.–Zorić, M., Talijanska književnost, Povijest svjetske književnosti, knj. 4, Mladost, Zagreb 1974; Casadei, A.–Santagata, M., Manuale di letteratura italiana medievale e moderna, L |
| Examination methods | Attendance: 2 points; activity during classes, preparation and presentation of tasks assigned : 8 points; mid-term exam: 2x20 points; final exam 50 points. Grading is structured within the scale 0-100% of the mastered material, while the passing grade wil |
| Special remarks | |
| Comment |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Philology / ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / ITALIAN LANGUAGE 1 - BASICS OF PHONETICS AND MORPHOLOGY
| Course: | ITALIAN LANGUAGE 1 - BASICS OF PHONETICS AND MORPHOLOGY/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 10029 | Obavezan | 1 | 5 | 2+2+0 |
| Programs | ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE |
| Prerequisites | There are no pre-conditions for the attendance of this course. |
| Aims | The course aims to familiarize the student with the basics of Italian phonetics and morphology, to enable him to pronounce Italian vocals, to write in Italian and to rule the morphological categories for the initial level of Italian learning. |
| Learning outcomes | After completing the course and passing the exam, the student will be able to: 1. Recognize and use properly written symbols and correctly pronounce spoken sounds of the standard Italian language. 2. Properly use orthographic rules of standard Italian language and compare them with the orthography of their mother tongue. 3. Master the basics of Italian nouns’ and adjectives’ morphology: recognize and properly use gender and number. 4. Recognize and properly use various types of Italian pronouns. 5. Recognize and properly use forms of the Italian definite and indefinite article. 6. Recognize simple prepositions, master some of the segments of their usage and compare them with the prepositional system of the mother tongue. 7. Form and properly use the following Italian simple/compound tenses of the indicative mood: present (presente), recent past (passato prossimo), imperfect (imperfetto) and recent pluperfect (trapassato prossimo) of regular and the most frequent irregular verbs. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Deja Piletić, assistant professor Vera Tomanović, language lecturer |
| Methodology | Lectures, exercises, midterm exams, preparation for the final exam |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Italian alphabet, pronunciation and spelling. |
| I week exercises | Practice of pronunciation, spelling, reading and writing of italian letters and words. |
| II week lectures | Apocopes (elisione, troncamento), italian euphonic D (d eufonica); rules for dividing words into syllables; punctuation and orthography – contrastive notes. |
| II week exercises | Exercises on dividing words into syllables; practice of pronuntiation; dictation. |
| III week lectures | The basic characteristics of the Italian verb; the present tense of regular and the most frequent irregular verbs; the present tense of modal verbs; subject pronouns. |
| III week exercises | Exercises on the present tense of regular, modal and some irregular verbs, as well on forms of subject pronous. |
| IV week lectures | Forms and the basic use of the italian article; forms and the most common use of italian simple prepositions (with and without articles); italian nouns: gender and number; contrastive notes. |
| IV week exercises | Exercises on forms of definite, indefinite and partitive article; exercises on forms and on the most common usage of simple prepositions – comparison with the prepositional system of the mother tongue. |
| V week lectures | Nouns (indeclinable nouns, some irregularities and particularities in the forms of grammatical gender and number); derivation of feminine nouns. |
| V week exercises | Exercises on irregular and particular forms of nouns in relation to their gender and number; exercises on derivation of feminine nouns. |
| VI week lectures | Adjective (morphology and the position of adjectives); possessive and demostrative adjectives and pronounces; numbers; adverbs in –MENTE. |
| VI week exercises | Exercises on noun – adjective agreement in gender and number; exercises on the use of article with possessive adjectives; contrastive notes on categories of cardinal and ordinal numbers in italian and montenegrin language; exercises on deriving and oh the |
| VII week lectures | Direct and indirect object pronouns (forms and use); combined pronouns; pronominal particles CI and NE. |
| VII week exercises | Exercises on forms and use of object pronouns; comparing verb valency of some Italian and Montenegrin verbs; exercises on use of pronominal particles CI and NE. |
| VIII week lectures | Reflexive verbs – forms and types; reflexive pronouns; contrastive notes. |
| VIII week exercises | Exercises on forms and use; recognition of various types of reflexive verbs. |
| IX week lectures | Perfect tense (passato prossimo) of regular and some of the most frequent irregular verbs. |
| IX week exercises | Exercises on forms and on the selection of the adequate auxiliary verb. |
| X week lectures | 1st midterm exam |
| X week exercises | Analysis of the midterm exam results; recapitulation. |
| XI week lectures | Passato prossimo and the agreement with the unstressed objective pronouns and with the particle NE; some particular cases of selection of the auxilliary verb. |
| XI week exercises | Exercises on the agreement with the unstressed objective pronouns and with the particle NE as well as on the application of rules for selection of the auxilliary verb in case of some particular verbs. |
| XII week lectures | Imperfect (imperfetto) and recent pluperfect (trapassato prossimo) of regular and irregular verbs; contrastive notes. |
| XII week exercises | Exercises on forms and the most common use of imperfetto and trapassato prossimo; the relationship between passato prossimo and imperfetto. |
| XIII week lectures | Analytic and synthetic comparison of adjectives and adverbs. |
| XIII week exercises | Exercises on analytic and some synthetic forms of comparative and on relative and absolute superlatives. |
| XIV week lectures | Relative pronouns – types, forms, use; interrogative adjectives and pronouns – forms and usage. |
| XIV week exercises | Exercises on forms and rules of usage of the relative pronouns; exercises on interrogative pronouns and adjectives. |
| XV week lectures | 2nd Midterm exam |
| XV week exercises | Analysis of the midterm exam results; recapitulation. |
| Student workload | / |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 5 credits x 40/30=6 hours and 40 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
6 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =106 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 6 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =13 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 5 x 30=150 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 30 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 106 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 13 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 30 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | Active participation in classes (attendance, homework, getting involved in class discussions), midterm exams and final exam. Regular attendance of classes and time activity, homework assignments, midterm exams preparation and final examination. |
| Consultations | Thursday 9.00-10.00 and 13.30-14.30 |
| Literature | Saša Moderc, Gramatika italijanskog jezika, Udruženje nastavnika italijanskog jezika Srbije, 2004; Julijana Vučo, Saša Moderc, Zenica Raspor, Elementi di lingua italiana-Esercizi; Ivan Klajn, Italijansko-srpski rečnik. |
| Examination methods | Active participation in classes (attendance, homework, getting involved in class discussions) 4 points, 2 mid-term exams x 23 points. Final oral exam 50 points. The student must accumulate 50/100 points during the semester and on the final exam to pass th |
| Special remarks | / |
| Comment | / |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Philology / ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / CONTEMPORARY ITALIAN LANGUAGE 1 - A1 LEVEL
| Course: | CONTEMPORARY ITALIAN LANGUAGE 1 - A1 LEVEL/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 10034 | Obavezan | 1 | 8 | 2+6+0 |
| Programs | ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE |
| Prerequisites | |
| Aims | |
| Learning outcomes | After completing the course and passing the exam, the student will be able to: 1. Understands slowly and clearly enunciated simple text about topics from the environment. 2. Understands simple written text on topics from the environment. 3. Write a short text in Italian using simple phrases about the topics covered during the semester. 4. Translate short and simple texts on familiar topics to Italian language and vice versa. 5. Establish communication at the level of basic needs (presentation, information search) if the interlocutor talks clearly and slowly. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | |
| Methodology |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | |
| I week exercises | |
| II week lectures | |
| II week exercises | |
| III week lectures | |
| III week exercises | |
| IV week lectures | |
| IV week exercises | |
| V week lectures | |
| V week exercises | |
| VI week lectures | |
| VI week exercises | |
| VII week lectures | |
| VII week exercises | |
| VIII week lectures | |
| VIII week exercises | |
| IX week lectures | |
| IX week exercises | |
| X week lectures | |
| X week exercises | |
| XI week lectures | |
| XI week exercises | |
| XII week lectures | |
| XII week exercises | |
| XIII week lectures | |
| XIII week exercises | |
| XIV week lectures | |
| XIV week exercises | |
| XV week lectures | |
| XV week exercises |
| Student workload | |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 8 credits x 40/30=10 hours and 40 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 6 excercises 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
10 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =170 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =21 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 8 x 30=240 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 48 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 170 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 21 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 48 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | |
| Consultations | |
| Literature | |
| Examination methods | |
| Special remarks | |
| Comment |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Philology / ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / SERBIAN LANGUAGE (FUNCTIONAL STYLES)
| Course: | SERBIAN LANGUAGE (FUNCTIONAL STYLES)/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 1951 | Obavezan | 2 | 3 | 2+0+0 |
| Programs | ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE |
| Prerequisites | |
| Aims | |
| Learning outcomes | |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | |
| Methodology |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | |
| I week exercises | |
| II week lectures | |
| II week exercises | |
| III week lectures | |
| III week exercises | |
| IV week lectures | |
| IV week exercises | |
| V week lectures | |
| V week exercises | |
| VI week lectures | |
| VI week exercises | |
| VII week lectures | |
| VII week exercises | |
| VIII week lectures | |
| VIII week exercises | |
| IX week lectures | |
| IX week exercises | |
| X week lectures | |
| X week exercises | |
| XI week lectures | |
| XI week exercises | |
| XII week lectures | |
| XII week exercises | |
| XIII week lectures | |
| XIII week exercises | |
| XIV week lectures | |
| XIV week exercises | |
| XV week lectures | |
| XV week exercises |
| Student workload | |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 3 credits x 40/30=4 hours and 0 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 0 excercises 2 hour(s) i 0 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =64 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =8 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 3 x 30=90 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 64 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 8 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | |
| Consultations | |
| Literature | |
| Examination methods | |
| Special remarks | |
| Comment |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Philology / ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / OVERVIEW OF ITALIAN CIVILISATION II
| Course: | OVERVIEW OF ITALIAN CIVILISATION II/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 2455 | Obavezan | 2 | 3 | 2+0+0 |
| Programs | ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE |
| Prerequisites | |
| Aims | |
| Learning outcomes | |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | |
| Methodology |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | |
| I week exercises | |
| II week lectures | |
| II week exercises | |
| III week lectures | |
| III week exercises | |
| IV week lectures | |
| IV week exercises | |
| V week lectures | |
| V week exercises | |
| VI week lectures | |
| VI week exercises | |
| VII week lectures | |
| VII week exercises | |
| VIII week lectures | |
| VIII week exercises | |
| IX week lectures | |
| IX week exercises | |
| X week lectures | |
| X week exercises | |
| XI week lectures | |
| XI week exercises | |
| XII week lectures | |
| XII week exercises | |
| XIII week lectures | |
| XIII week exercises | |
| XIV week lectures | |
| XIV week exercises | |
| XV week lectures | |
| XV week exercises |
| Student workload | |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 3 credits x 40/30=4 hours and 0 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 0 excercises 2 hour(s) i 0 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =64 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =8 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 3 x 30=90 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 64 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 8 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | |
| Consultations | |
| Literature | |
| Examination methods | |
| Special remarks | |
| Comment |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Philology / ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / LITERARY THEORY
| Course: | LITERARY THEORY/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 718 | Obavezan | 2 | 3 | 2+0+0 |
| Programs | ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE |
| Prerequisites | |
| Aims | |
| Learning outcomes | |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | |
| Methodology |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | |
| I week exercises | |
| II week lectures | |
| II week exercises | |
| III week lectures | |
| III week exercises | |
| IV week lectures | |
| IV week exercises | |
| V week lectures | |
| V week exercises | |
| VI week lectures | |
| VI week exercises | |
| VII week lectures | |
| VII week exercises | |
| VIII week lectures | |
| VIII week exercises | |
| IX week lectures | |
| IX week exercises | |
| X week lectures | |
| X week exercises | |
| XI week lectures | |
| XI week exercises | |
| XII week lectures | |
| XII week exercises | |
| XIII week lectures | |
| XIII week exercises | |
| XIV week lectures | |
| XIV week exercises | |
| XV week lectures | |
| XV week exercises |
| Student workload | |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 3 credits x 40/30=4 hours and 0 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 0 excercises 2 hour(s) i 0 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =64 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =8 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 3 x 30=90 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 64 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 8 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | |
| Consultations | |
| Literature | |
| Examination methods | |
| Special remarks | |
| Comment |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Philology / ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / MONTENEGRIN LANGUAGE 2
| Course: | MONTENEGRIN LANGUAGE 2/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 9995 | Obavezan | 2 | 3 | 2+1+0 |
| Programs | ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE |
| Prerequisites | |
| Aims | |
| Learning outcomes | |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | |
| Methodology |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | |
| I week exercises | |
| II week lectures | |
| II week exercises | |
| III week lectures | |
| III week exercises | |
| IV week lectures | |
| IV week exercises | |
| V week lectures | |
| V week exercises | |
| VI week lectures | |
| VI week exercises | |
| VII week lectures | |
| VII week exercises | |
| VIII week lectures | |
| VIII week exercises | |
| IX week lectures | |
| IX week exercises | |
| X week lectures | |
| X week exercises | |
| XI week lectures | |
| XI week exercises | |
| XII week lectures | |
| XII week exercises | |
| XIII week lectures | |
| XIII week exercises | |
| XIV week lectures | |
| XIV week exercises | |
| XV week lectures | |
| XV week exercises |
| Student workload | |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 3 credits x 40/30=4 hours and 0 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 1 excercises 1 hour(s) i 0 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =64 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =8 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 3 x 30=90 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 64 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 8 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | |
| Consultations | |
| Literature | |
| Examination methods | |
| Special remarks | |
| Comment |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Philology / ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / ITALIAN CIVILISATION 2
| Course: | ITALIAN CIVILISATION 2/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 10038 | Obavezan | 2 | 3 | 2+0+0 |
| Programs | ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE |
| Prerequisites | |
| Aims | The course aims to familiarize students with the fundamental characteristics of social and political life in the territory of present-day Italy from the 15th to the 17th century with a special emphasis on the key representatives of Italian Renaissance and the trends in painting, sculpture and music in the indicated period. |
| Learning outcomes | After completing the course and passing the exam, the student should be able to: 1. Outline the basic characteristics of social, politic and cultural life in the territory of present-day Italy from the 15th to the 17th century; 2. Explain the main characteristics of the Italian Renaissance; 3. Describe the development of painting, sculpture and music in the territory of present-day Italy from the 15th to the 17th century; 4. Describe the most significant religious movements of present-day Italy from the development of Christianity to the 17th century. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Marko Vukčević, PhD |
| Methodology |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Introduction |
| I week exercises | |
| II week lectures | Social and political situation in Italy and Europe in the 15th century |
| II week exercises | |
| III week lectures | Early Renaissance: main characteristics. The significance of Florence |
| III week exercises | |
| IV week lectures | Donatello, Brunelleschi, Masaccio |
| IV week exercises | |
| V week lectures | High Renaissance: main characteristics |
| V week exercises | |
| VI week lectures | Leonardo da Vinci |
| VI week exercises | |
| VII week lectures | Donato Bramante |
| VII week exercises | |
| VIII week lectures | Michelangelo Buonarroti |
| VIII week exercises | |
| IX week lectures | Raffaello Sanzio |
| IX week exercises | |
| X week lectures | Giorgione, Tiziano, Bellini, Correggio |
| X week exercises | |
| XI week lectures | Midterm exam |
| XI week exercises | |
| XII week lectures | Make-up exam |
| XII week exercises | |
| XIII week lectures | Social and political situation in Italy and Europe in the 16th century. Catholic Reformation and Counter-Reformation |
| XIII week exercises | |
| XIV week lectures | Late Renaissance and Mannerism in 16th century Italy: main characteristics |
| XIV week exercises | |
| XV week lectures | Music in the Renaissance: Rome and Venice. Florentine Camerata and the origin of Opera |
| XV week exercises |
| Student workload | WEEKLY: 3 credits x 40/30= 4 hours. Structure: 1,5 hours of lectures; 2,5 hours of individual work, including consultations, homework, reading the set literature. DURING THE SEMESTER: Teaching and final exam: (4 hours) x 16 = 64 hours. Mandatory preparation before the start of the semester (administration, enrolment, review) 2 x 4 hours = 8 hours. Total workload for the subject 3 x 30 = 90 hours. Additional work for preparation of exams in the make-up exam period, including taking the make-up exam between 0 and 30 hours (time left over between the first two points and the overall workload for the subject: 18 hours). Workload structure: 64 hours (teaching) + 8 hours (preparation) + 18 hours (additional work) |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 3 credits x 40/30=4 hours and 0 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 0 excercises 2 hour(s) i 0 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =64 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =8 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 3 x 30=90 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 64 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 8 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | |
| Consultations | |
| Literature | 1. Đulijano Prokači: Istorija Italijana, CID, Podgorica/Filozofski fakultet, Nikšić, 2010; 2. Christopher Duggan: A Concise History of Italy, Cambridge University Press, 1994; 3. Gianluigi Ugo: Piccola storia d’Italia, Guerra Edizioni, Perugia, 1994; 4. H. W. Janson, Istorija umetnosti, Pregled razvoja likovnih umetnosti od praistorije do danas, Prosveta, Beograd, 1982; 5. Norbert Dufourcq, Piccola storia della musica, Gremese Editore, Roma, 1993; 6. Enciklopedijski priručnici i opšta istorijska literatura. |
| Examination methods | Attendance, activity during classes, preparation and presentation of tasks assigned - 5 points; Mid-term exam - 35 points; Final exam - 60 points. Grading is structured within the scale 0-100% of the mastered material, while the passing grade will be achieved with the accumulation of 51% of the total material; E: 50 – 59 D: 60 – 69 C: 70 – 79 B: 80 – 89 A: 90 – 100. |
| Special remarks | |
| Comment |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Philology / ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / ENGLISH LANGUAGE II
| Course: | ENGLISH LANGUAGE II/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 3920 | Izborni | 2 | 4 | 2+2+0 |
| Programs | ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE |
| Prerequisites | None. |
| Aims | Perfecting the skills of understanding spoken and written language; perfecting the grammar competence in English (B2.1); an active use of the English language at the B2.1 level. |
| Learning outcomes | After the student passes this exam, he / she will be able to: - Improve the skills of speaking, listening, reading and writing in English – level B2.1, - Upgrade the use of grammatical structures In English at the level B2.1 - Independently presents and defends his / her arguments in English (B2.1) |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Saša Simović, Associate Professor; Marina Babić, MA |
| Methodology | Lectures, consultations, presentations |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Introduction to the course |
| I week exercises | Grammar review; Integrated skills. |
| II week lectures | The naked truth; Telling lies |
| II week exercises | Questions and negatives; Saying the opposite |
| III week lectures | Listening and speaking - secrets and lies; Integrated skills |
| III week exercises | Vocabulary building; Translation |
| IV week lectures | Reading and speaking: The worlds top conspiracy theories |
| IV week exercises | Writing: Linking ideas - Conjunctions; Integrated skills |
| V week lectures | Everyday English: Being polite; Group work - Role play |
| V week exercises | Presentations |
| VI week lectures | Looking ahead; Vocabulary search |
| VI week exercises | Future forms revision |
| VII week lectures | Listening and speaking: A neet solution; Neets - the facts and figures |
| VII week exercises | Writing: Applying for a job - A CV and a covering letter |
| VIII week lectures | Mid-term exam |
| VIII week exercises | Presentations |
| IX week lectures | Reading and speaking: Inspirational teenagers |
| IX week exercises | A literary text translation |
| X week lectures | Hot verbs - take, put; Phrasal verbs, Phone etiquette |
| X week exercises | Over the phone; Ending a phone call |
| XI week lectures | Hitting the big time; Jamie Oliver; Language focus |
| XI week exercises | Countable or uncountable?; Expressing quantity |
| XII week lectures | A class survey; Listening and speaking: Adverts all around; Vocabulary building |
| XII week exercises | A newspaper article translation; Integrated skills |
| XIII week lectures | Reading and speaking: Apple/ Starbucks |
| XIII week exercises | Brands - discussion; Modern consumerism - pros and cons |
| XIV week lectures | Vocabulary and pronunciation; Starting a restaurant; Business expressions and numbers |
| XIV week exercises | Grammar revision |
| XV week lectures | Film |
| XV week exercises | General revision |
| Student workload | 4 credits x 40/30 = 5 hours, 20 minutes |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 4 credits x 40/30=5 hours and 20 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 1 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =85 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =10 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 4 x 30=120 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 85 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | Students are obliged to attend the classes, prepare themselves and participate actively in classes, do homework / presentations. |
| Consultations | After each class. |
| Literature | Liz & John Soars (2014), New Headway-Upper-intermediate: Students Book, OUP (4th edition). Additional materials (literary texts; audio materials; grammar exercises). |
| Examination methods | test 1 - 20 points, test 2 - 35 points, attendance 2,5+2,5; final exam - 40 points. A pass mark is obtained by collecting at least 50 points. |
| Special remarks | Lectures and seminars are taught in English. |
| Comment | None. |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Philology / ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / ENGLISH LANGUAGE II
| Course: | ENGLISH LANGUAGE II/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 3920 | Izborni | 2 | 4 | 2+2+0 |
| Programs | ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE |
| Prerequisites | None. |
| Aims | Perfecting the skills of understanding spoken and written language; perfecting the grammar competence in English (B2.1); an active use of the English language at the B2.1 level. |
| Learning outcomes | After the student passes this exam, he / she will be able to: - Improve the skills of speaking, listening, reading and writing in English – level B2.1, - Upgrade the use of grammatical structures In English at the level B2.1 - Independently presents and defends his / her arguments in English (B2.1) |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Saša Simović, Associate Professor; Marina Babić, MA |
| Methodology | Lectures, consultations, presentations |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Introduction to the course |
| I week exercises | Grammar review; Integrated skills. |
| II week lectures | The naked truth; Telling lies |
| II week exercises | Questions and negatives; Saying the opposite |
| III week lectures | Listening and speaking - secrets and lies; Integrated skills |
| III week exercises | Vocabulary building; Translation |
| IV week lectures | Reading and speaking: The worlds top conspiracy theories |
| IV week exercises | Writing: Linking ideas - Conjunctions; Integrated skills |
| V week lectures | Everyday English: Being polite; Group work - Role play |
| V week exercises | Presentations |
| VI week lectures | Looking ahead; Vocabulary search |
| VI week exercises | Future forms revision |
| VII week lectures | Listening and speaking: A neet solution; Neets - the facts and figures |
| VII week exercises | Writing: Applying for a job - A CV and a covering letter |
| VIII week lectures | Mid-term exam |
| VIII week exercises | Presentations |
| IX week lectures | Reading and speaking: Inspirational teenagers |
| IX week exercises | A literary text translation |
| X week lectures | Hot verbs - take, put; Phrasal verbs, Phone etiquette |
| X week exercises | Over the phone; Ending a phone call |
| XI week lectures | Hitting the big time; Jamie Oliver; Language focus |
| XI week exercises | Countable or uncountable?; Expressing quantity |
| XII week lectures | A class survey; Listening and speaking: Adverts all around; Vocabulary building |
| XII week exercises | A newspaper article translation; Integrated skills |
| XIII week lectures | Reading and speaking: Apple/ Starbucks |
| XIII week exercises | Brands - discussion; Modern consumerism - pros and cons |
| XIV week lectures | Vocabulary and pronunciation; Starting a restaurant; Business expressions and numbers |
| XIV week exercises | Grammar revision |
| XV week lectures | Film |
| XV week exercises | General revision |
| Student workload | 4 credits x 40/30 = 5 hours, 20 minutes |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 4 credits x 40/30=5 hours and 20 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 1 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =85 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =10 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 4 x 30=120 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 85 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | Students are obliged to attend the classes, prepare themselves and participate actively in classes, do homework / presentations. |
| Consultations | After each class. |
| Literature | Liz & John Soars (2014), New Headway-Upper-intermediate: Students Book, OUP (4th edition). Additional materials (literary texts; audio materials; grammar exercises). |
| Examination methods | test 1 - 20 points, test 2 - 35 points, attendance 2,5+2,5; final exam - 40 points. A pass mark is obtained by collecting at least 50 points. |
| Special remarks | Lectures and seminars are taught in English. |
| Comment | None. |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Philology / ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / FRENCH LANGUAGE II
| Course: | FRENCH LANGUAGE II/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 3923 | Izborni | 2 | 4 | 2+2+0 |
| Programs | ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE |
| Prerequisites | |
| Aims | |
| Learning outcomes | |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | |
| Methodology |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | |
| I week exercises | |
| II week lectures | |
| II week exercises | |
| III week lectures | |
| III week exercises | |
| IV week lectures | |
| IV week exercises | |
| V week lectures | |
| V week exercises | |
| VI week lectures | |
| VI week exercises | |
| VII week lectures | |
| VII week exercises | |
| VIII week lectures | |
| VIII week exercises | |
| IX week lectures | |
| IX week exercises | |
| X week lectures | |
| X week exercises | |
| XI week lectures | |
| XI week exercises | |
| XII week lectures | |
| XII week exercises | |
| XIII week lectures | |
| XIII week exercises | |
| XIV week lectures | |
| XIV week exercises | |
| XV week lectures | |
| XV week exercises |
| Student workload | |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 4 credits x 40/30=5 hours and 20 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 1 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =85 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =10 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 4 x 30=120 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 85 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | |
| Consultations | |
| Literature | |
| Examination methods | |
| Special remarks | |
| Comment |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Philology / ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / RUSSIAN LANGUAGE II
| Course: | RUSSIAN LANGUAGE II/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 3926 | Izborni | 2 | 4 | 2+2+0 |
| Programs | ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE |
| Prerequisites | |
| Aims | |
| Learning outcomes | |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | |
| Methodology |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | |
| I week exercises | |
| II week lectures | |
| II week exercises | |
| III week lectures | |
| III week exercises | |
| IV week lectures | |
| IV week exercises | |
| V week lectures | |
| V week exercises | |
| VI week lectures | |
| VI week exercises | |
| VII week lectures | |
| VII week exercises | |
| VIII week lectures | |
| VIII week exercises | |
| IX week lectures | |
| IX week exercises | |
| X week lectures | |
| X week exercises | |
| XI week lectures | |
| XI week exercises | |
| XII week lectures | |
| XII week exercises | |
| XIII week lectures | |
| XIII week exercises | |
| XIV week lectures | |
| XIV week exercises | |
| XV week lectures | |
| XV week exercises |
| Student workload | |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 4 credits x 40/30=5 hours and 20 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 1 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =85 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =10 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 4 x 30=120 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 85 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | |
| Consultations | |
| Literature | |
| Examination methods | |
| Special remarks | |
| Comment |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Philology / ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / SPANISH LANGUAGE II
| Course: | SPANISH LANGUAGE II/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 9731 | Izborni | 2 | 4 | 2+2+0 |
| Programs | ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE |
| Prerequisites | |
| Aims | |
| Learning outcomes | |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | |
| Methodology |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | |
| I week exercises | |
| II week lectures | |
| II week exercises | |
| III week lectures | |
| III week exercises | |
| IV week lectures | |
| IV week exercises | |
| V week lectures | |
| V week exercises | |
| VI week lectures | |
| VI week exercises | |
| VII week lectures | |
| VII week exercises | |
| VIII week lectures | |
| VIII week exercises | |
| IX week lectures | |
| IX week exercises | |
| X week lectures | |
| X week exercises | |
| XI week lectures | |
| XI week exercises | |
| XII week lectures | |
| XII week exercises | |
| XIII week lectures | |
| XIII week exercises | |
| XIV week lectures | |
| XIV week exercises | |
| XV week lectures | |
| XV week exercises |
| Student workload | |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 4 credits x 40/30=5 hours and 20 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 1 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =85 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =10 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 4 x 30=120 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 85 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | |
| Consultations | |
| Literature | |
| Examination methods | |
| Special remarks | |
| Comment |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Philology / ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / GERMAN LANGUAGE II
| Course: | GERMAN LANGUAGE II/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 9745 | Izborni | 2 | 4 | 2+2+0 |
| Programs | ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE |
| Prerequisites | There is no conditioning |
| Aims | The aim of the course is to enable students to understand the basic categories and terms of the modern language. |
| Learning outcomes | After the student passes this exam, he/she will be able to: 1. Implements conjugation rules for simple strong and separable verbs in the present and perfect; 2. Knows indefinite and definite articles in the nominative and accusative cases; 3. Uses the negation nicht and the negation article kein in the nominative and accusative; 4. Uses simple declarative and interrogative sentences in German in the context of everyday situations (in the store, at a party, etc.); |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | dr Ana Minić mr Semra Husović |
| Methodology | Lectures and exercises |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Präteritum |
| I week exercises | Präteritum |
| II week lectures | Modale und temporale Präpositionen |
| II week exercises | Modale und temporale Präpositionen |
| III week lectures | Modalverben: müssen, dürfen, Satzklammer bei Modalverben |
| III week exercises | Modalverben: müssen, dürfen, Satzklammer bei Modalverben |
| IV week lectures | Pronomen: man, Imperativ |
| IV week exercises | Pronomen: man, Imperativ |
| V week lectures | Preparation for the test |
| V week exercises | Test |
| VI week lectures | Possessivartikel |
| VI week exercises | Possessivartikel |
| VII week lectures | Modalverb: sollen |
| VII week exercises | Modalverb: sollen |
| VIII week lectures | Präpositionen: mit |
| VIII week exercises | Präpositionen: mit |
| IX week lectures | Wechselpräpositionen |
| IX week exercises | Wechselpräpositionen |
| X week lectures | Präpositionen: mit Dativ |
| X week exercises | Präpositionen: mit Dativ |
| XI week lectures | Preparation for the test |
| XI week exercises | Test |
| XII week lectures | Demonstrativpronomen, Frageartikel: welch-Steigerung der Adjektive, |
| XII week exercises | Demonstrativpronomen, Frageartikel: welch-Steigerung der Adjektive, |
| XIII week lectures | Personalpronomen im Dativ, Verben mit Dativ |
| XIII week exercises | Personalpronomen im Dativ, Verben mit Dativ |
| XIV week lectures | Ordinalzahlen, Personalpronomen im Akkusativ |
| XIV week exercises | Ordinalzahlen, Personalpronomen im Akkusativ |
| XV week lectures | Konjunktion: wenn, Conjugation: werden and preparation for the final exam |
| XV week exercises | Konjunktion: wenn, Conjugation: werden and preparation for the final exam |
| Student workload | Weekly 4 credits x 40/30 = 5 hours and 20 minutes Structure: 2 hours of lectures 2 hours of exercises 1 hour and 20 minutes of individual student work (preparation for laboratory exercises, colloquiums, doing homework) including consultations In the semester Teaching and final exam: (5 hours and 20 minutes) x 16 = 85 hours and 20 minutes Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 2 x (5 hours and 20 minutes) = 10 hours and 40 minutes Total workload for the course: 4 x 30 = 120 hours Additional work for exam preparation in the make-up exam period, including taking the make-up exam from 0 - 30 hours. Load structure: 85 hours and 20 minutes (teaching) + 10 hours and 40 minutes (preparation) + 24 hours (additional work) |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 4 credits x 40/30=5 hours and 20 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 1 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =85 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =10 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 4 x 30=120 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 85 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | Students are required to attend lectures and exercises, participate in the exercises, do all knowledge tests, the colloquium and the final exam. |
| Consultations | At the request of the student |
| Literature | Helbig, G./Buscha, J.: Deutsche Grammatik 1981; Prevoc: Đukanović, J.: Mali Duden, 1981; Niebisch, D. ;Penning-Hiemstra, S.; Sprecht, F.; Bovermann M.; Reimann M.: Schritte international 2 |
| Examination methods | Two colloquiums of 20 points each, total 40 points, class attendance 5 points, homework 5 points, final exam with 50 points. A passing grade is obtained if at least 51 points are accumulated. |
| Special remarks | Oral final exam |
| Comment | Students will receive a plan for the implementation of the curriculum by thematic units and terms at the beginning of the semester. |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Philology / ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / ITALIAN LITERATURE 2 - HUMANISM AND RENAISSANCE
| Course: | ITALIAN LITERATURE 2 - HUMANISM AND RENAISSANCE/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 10039 | Obavezan | 2 | 4 | 2+1+0 |
| Programs | ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE |
| Prerequisites | There are no pre-conditions for the attendance of this course. |
| Aims | Acquainting the students with the major trends and literary movements in Italy in XV and XVI century, and with leading literary figures and their most representative works |
| Learning outcomes | After successfully completing the course, the student will be able to: 1. Describe the poetic and genre characteristics of Italian Humanism and Renaissance. 2. Categorize the works of Italian literature emerged in the XV and XVI century by literary periods and genres. 3. Present the most important authors of Italian literature in the XV and XVI century and their works. 4. Explain the cultural context of literary phenomena of the epoch. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | professor: Vesna Kilibarda, PhD assistant: Desanka Jauković, M. A. |
| Methodology | Lectures, seminars, homework, text analysis, required reading, consultations |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Humanism: periodization and characteristics |
| I week exercises | Social and cultural horizon of the world of "signoria" |
| II week lectures | New patriciate, courts, intellectuals, printing |
| II week exercises | Humanists and cultural institutions |
| III week lectures | General characteristics of literature in humanism: poetry, prose, drama |
| III week exercises | Humanist philology |
| IV week lectures | L. Pulci; A. Poliziano |
| IV week exercises | Florentine humanism |
| V week lectures | M. M. Boiardo; J. Sanazzaro |
| V week exercises | Civilian humanism |
| VI week lectures | Mid-term exam |
| VI week exercises | Detailed analysis of mid-term exam |
| VII week lectures | Renaissance and mannerism: periodization and characteristics |
| VII week exercises | Students presentations on the assigned topics (profile of a Renaissance ruler and "condottiere") |
| VIII week lectures | Counter-Reformation, intellectuals and arts |
| VIII week exercises | Students presentations on the assigned topics (profile of a navigator) |
| IX week lectures | Characteristics of Renaissance literature: new genres, language issue |
| IX week exercises | Students presentations on the assigned topics (profile of a Renaissance court-man and artist) |
| X week lectures | Classic ism and anticlassicism |
| X week exercises | Students presentations on the assigned topics (profile of a Renaissance woman, female writers) |
| XI week lectures | N. Macchiavelli |
| XI week exercises | Analysis of the selected chapters from the "Principe" |
| XII week lectures | F. Guicciardini |
| XII week exercises | Students presentations on the assigned topics (profile of a philosopher ) |
| XIII week lectures | L. Ariosto |
| XIII week exercises | Analysis of the selected passages from the "Orlando Furioso" |
| XIV week lectures | T. Tasso |
| XIV week exercises | Analysis of the selected passages from the "Gerusalemme Liberata" |
| XV week lectures | Mid-term exam |
| XV week exercises | Detailed analysis of mid-term exam |
| Student workload | WEEKLY 4 credits x 40/30 = 5 hours and 20 min. Structure: 2 hours of lectures 1 hour of exercises 2 hours and 20 min of independent work including office hours. PER SEMESTER Class attendance and final exams: (5 hours and 20 min) x 16 = 85 hours and 20 min. Necessary preparations before the beginning of the semester (administration, enrollment, verification) 2 x (5 hours and 20 min) = 10 hours and 40 min. Total: 4x30 = 120 hours Additional work for the preparation of the make-up exam: 0 to 36 hours Structure: 85 hours and 20 min (classes) +10 hours and 40 min (preparation) + 24 hours (additional work) |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 4 credits x 40/30=5 hours and 20 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 1 excercises 2 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =85 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =10 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 4 x 30=120 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 85 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | |
| Consultations | Tuesday: 11-30 - 12:30 |
| Literature | Feroni, Đ., Istorija italijanske književnosti, CID, Podgorica 2005; Čale, F.–Zorić, M., Talijanska književnost, Povijest svjetske književnosti, knj. 4, Mladost, Zagreb 1974; Casadei, A.–Santagata, M., Manuale di letteratura italiana medievale e moderna, L |
| Examination methods | Attendance: 2 points; activity during classes, preparation and presentation of tasks assigned : 8 points; mid-term exam: 2x20 points; final exam 50 points. Grading is structured within the scale 0-100% of the mastered material, while the passing grade wil |
| Special remarks | |
| Comment |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Philology / ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / ITALIAN LANGUAGE 2 - BASICS OF MORPHOLOGY AND MORPHOSYNTAX
| Course: | ITALIAN LANGUAGE 2 - BASICS OF MORPHOLOGY AND MORPHOSYNTAX/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 10037 | Obavezan | 2 | 5 | 2+2+0 |
| Programs | ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE |
| Prerequisites | There are no pre-conditions for the attendance of this course |
| Aims | The course aims to familiarize the student with the basics of Italian morphology and morphosyntax |
| Learning outcomes | After completing the course and passing the exam, the student will be able to: 1. Recognize, form and properly use imperative (imperativo), conditional (condizionale semplice/composto) and subjunctive (congiuntivo) mood of Italian regular and the most frequent irregular verbs. 2. Recognize and apply rules of comparison of adjectives and adverbs. 3. Form and properly use Italian future tense (futuro semplice/composto), preterite (passato remoto) and remote preterite (trapassato remoto) of Italian regular and the most frequent irregular verbs. 4. Recognize and apply rules of sequence of tenses and change correctly direct speech to indirect speech and vice versa. 5. Recognize and apply correctly all the types of if-clauses (periodo ipotetico). 6. Recognize and apply correctly various types of passive constructions. 7. Recognize the basic periphrastic forms and subordinate finite and non-finite clauses. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Deja Piletic, assistant professor Vera Tomanović, language lecturer |
| Methodology | Lectures, exercises, midterm exams, preparation for the final exam |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Comparison of adjectives and adverbs |
| I week exercises | Exercises on comparison on adjectives and adverbs |
| II week lectures | Present and past conditional (condizionale presente/passato); contrastive notes |
| II week exercises | Exercises on forms and usage of the present and past conditional |
| III week lectures | Imperative mood (Modo imperativo); imperative with pronouns. |
| III week exercises | Exercises on regular and irregular forms of imperative with and without pronouns. |
| IV week lectures | Future tense (future semplice/composto) of regular and the most frequent irregular verbs; contrastive notes. |
| IV week exercises | Exercises on forms and usage of future tense (futuro semplice e composto) of regular and the most frequent irregular verbs. |
| V week lectures | Subjunctive mood – il congiuntivo presente/passato of regular and the most frequent irregular verbs. |
| V week exercises | Exercises on forms and usage of congiuntivo presente e passato. |
| VI week lectures | Preterite and remote preterite (passato/trapassato remoto) of regular and the most frequent irregular verbs; contrastive notes |
| VI week exercises | Exercises on forms and usage of passato/trapassato remoto. Comparison between the usage of passato prossimo and passato remoto |
| VII week lectures | 1st Midterm exam |
| VII week exercises | Analysis of the midterm exam results; recapitulation. |
| VIII week lectures | Subjunctive mood – imperfetto e trapassato del congiuntivo; introduction into the rules of sequence of tenses. |
| VIII week exercises | Exercises on forms and usage of the Italian imperfetto e trapassato del congiuntivo |
| IX week lectures | If - clauses |
| IX week exercises | Exercises on forms, identification and usage of various types of Italian if-clauses |
| X week lectures | Passive voice; contrastive notes |
| X week exercises | Exercises on changing active into passive voice and vice versa |
| XI week lectures | Impersonal verb forms and constructions; application of impersonal pronoun SI – SI impersonale; indefinite adjectives and pronouns; contrastive notes. |
| XI week exercises | Exercises on forms and usage of various impersonal forms, as well as on forms and usage of indefinite adjectives and pronouns. |
| XII week lectures | Infinitive mood – infinito, gerundio, participio; causative FARE and LASCIARE. Finite and non-finite clauses (proposizioni esplicite e implicite). |
| XII week exercises | Exercises on forms and usage of infinitive and causative forms. Application of rules for changing finite into non-finite clauses and vice versa. |
| XIII week lectures | Direct and indirect speech; sequence of tenses with usage of certain subjunctive tenses. |
| XIII week exercises | Changing direct into indirect speech and vice versa with application of sequence of tenses and proper use of moods. |
| XIV week lectures | 2nd Midterm exam |
| XIV week exercises | Analysis of the midterm exam results; recapitulation. |
| XV week lectures | Preparation for the final exam. |
| XV week exercises | Preparation for the final exam. |
| Student workload | / |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 5 credits x 40/30=6 hours and 40 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
6 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =106 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 6 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =13 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 5 x 30=150 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 30 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 106 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 13 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 30 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | Active participation in classes (attendance, homework, getting involved in class discussions), midterm exams, final exam |
| Consultations | Thursday, 9.00 - 10.00 and 13.30 - 14.30 |
| Literature | Saša Moderc, Gramatika italijanskog jezika, Udruženje nastavnika italijanskog jezika Srbije, 2004; Julijana Vučo, Saša Moderc, Zenica Raspor, Elementi di lingua italiana-Esercizi; Ivan Klajn, Italijansko-srpski rečnik. |
| Examination methods | Active participation in classes (attendance, homework, getting involved in class discussions) 4 points, 2 mid-term exams x 23 points. Final oral exam 50 points. The student must accumulate 50/100 points during the semester and on the final exam to pass th |
| Special remarks | / |
| Comment | / |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Philology / ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / CONTEMPORARY ITALIAN LANGUAGE 2 - A2 LEVEL
| Course: | CONTEMPORARY ITALIAN LANGUAGE 2 - A2 LEVEL/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 10040 | Obavezan | 2 | 8 | 2+6+0 |
| Programs | ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE |
| Prerequisites | |
| Aims | |
| Learning outcomes | After completing the course and passing the exam, the student will be able to: 1. Understand clearly enunciated text on familiar topics. 2. Understand written text on familiar topics. 3. Write a short text in Italian using simple expressions about the topics covered during the semester. 4. Translate short but somewhat more complex text on familiar topics to Italian and vice versa. 5. Take part in a simple conversation: express her/his opinion, asks and answers simple questions about familiar topics. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | |
| Methodology |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | |
| I week exercises | |
| II week lectures | |
| II week exercises | |
| III week lectures | |
| III week exercises | |
| IV week lectures | |
| IV week exercises | |
| V week lectures | |
| V week exercises | |
| VI week lectures | |
| VI week exercises | |
| VII week lectures | |
| VII week exercises | |
| VIII week lectures | |
| VIII week exercises | |
| IX week lectures | |
| IX week exercises | |
| X week lectures | |
| X week exercises | |
| XI week lectures | |
| XI week exercises | |
| XII week lectures | |
| XII week exercises | |
| XIII week lectures | |
| XIII week exercises | |
| XIV week lectures | |
| XIV week exercises | |
| XV week lectures | |
| XV week exercises |
| Student workload | |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 8 credits x 40/30=10 hours and 40 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 6 excercises 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
10 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =170 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =21 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 8 x 30=240 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 48 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 170 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 21 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 48 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | |
| Consultations | |
| Literature | |
| Examination methods | |
| Special remarks | |
| Comment |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Philology / ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / LATIN LANGUAGE I
| Course: | LATIN LANGUAGE I/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 9727 | Obavezan | 3 | 3 | 2+0+0 |
| Programs | ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE |
| Prerequisites | There are no pre-conditions for the attendance of this course. |
| Aims | Acquainting the students with the basics of Latin phonetics, morphology and syntax, as well as its cultural history, IE. lingual and other elements which have contributed significantly to the formation of modern languages and the trends of future civilizations. |
| Learning outcomes | After successfully completing the course, the student will be able to: 1. Describe the structure of the Latin language and the social and cultural context in which these strucutres exist (Roman and Latin literature, life and customs of Romans, Latin sayings, phrases, and the sentences, abbreviations, etc.); 2. Read properly using classical and traditional pronunciation and to stress words properly; 3. Write properly. 4. Identify the types of words and sentences, as a precondition for the correct translation from and into Latin; 5. Explain the basics of Latin phonetics and to briefly describe the basics of historical grammar of Romance languages; 6. Distinguish and to compare grammatical categories of Latin and the native language, as well as other studied languages; 7. Learn and to explain the etymological meaning of the Latin loanwords. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Predrag Jovović, Ph.D. |
| Methodology | Lecture, exercises (two-way translation), comparison with mother tongue (native language) and the language studied at the university, consultations. |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Latin language: its distribution, phases of development and importance. Phonetics: Alphabet. Reading. The most common phonetic changes. |
| I week exercises | Latin language: its distribution, phases of development and importance. Phonetics: Alphabet. Reading. The most common phonetic changes. |
| II week lectures | Morphology: Nouns - five declension |
| II week exercises | Morphology: Nouns - five declension |
| III week lectures | »Greek declension« and irregular forms |
| III week exercises | »Greek declension« and irregular forms |
| IV week lectures | Adjectives I-II and III declensions. Regular, suppletive, descriptive and incomplete comparison of adjectives. |
| IV week exercises | Adjectives I-II and III declensions. Regular, suppletive, descriptive and incomplete comparison of adjectives. |
| V week lectures | Fixed word types: adverbs, prepositions, conjunctions and exclamations. |
| V week exercises | Fixed word types: adverbs, prepositions, conjunctions and exclamations. |
| VI week lectures | Mid-term exam |
| VI week exercises | Analysis of mid-term exam |
| VII week lectures | Numbers: basic, ordinal, fractional and adverbial. |
| VII week exercises | Numbers: basic, ordinal, fractional and adverbial. |
| VIII week lectures | Pronouns: personal, personal - reflexive, possessive, possessive - reflexive. |
| VIII week exercises | Pronouns: personal, personal - reflexive, possessive, possessive - reflexive. |
| IX week lectures | Pronouns: demonstrative, relative, interrogative, indefinite, defective. |
| IX week exercises | Pronouns: demonstrative, relative, interrogative, indefinite, defective. |
| X week lectures | Verbs: person, number, tense, manner, condition, verbal nouns. |
| X week exercises | Verbs: person, number, tense, manner, condition, verbal nouns. |
| XI week lectures | Mid-term exam |
| XI week exercises | Analysis of mid-term exam |
| XII week lectures | The tenses of the present system: present, imperfect and future tense. Imperative od I and II conjugation and III and IV conjugation |
| XII week exercises | The tenses of the present system: present, imperfect and future tense. Imperative od I and II conjugation and III and IV conjugation |
| XIII week lectures | The tenses of the perfect system: perfect indicative, pluperfect and future perfect (active voice) |
| XIII week exercises | The tenses of the perfect system: perfect indicative, pluperfect and future perfect (active voice) |
| XIV week lectures | The tenses of the participle system: perfect indicative, pluperfect and future perfect (passive voice) |
| XIV week exercises | The tenses of the participle system: perfect indicative, pluperfect and future perfect (passive voice) |
| XV week lectures | Final exam |
| XV week exercises | Detailed analysis of final exam |
| Student workload | Weekly 3 credits x 40/30 = 4 hours Structure: 2 hours of lectures 0 hours of practice 2 hours of student’s individual work (preparation for laboratory exercises, colloquiums, doing homework) including consultations During the semester Lectures and final exam: (4 hours) x 16 = 64 hours Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 2 x (4 hours) = 8 hours Total course workload: 3 x 30 = 90 hours Additional engagement: preparation for the exam in the resit exam period, including taking the resit exam: 0 - 30 hours. Workload structure: 64 hours (lectures) + 8 hours (preparation) + 18 hours (additional engagement) |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 3 credits x 40/30=4 hours and 0 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 0 excercises 2 hour(s) i 0 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =64 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =8 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 3 x 30=90 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 64 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 8 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | Students are required to attend classes – lectures and practice, and to sit exams. |
| Consultations | |
| Literature | Camaj, M. (1999). Latinski jezik I – (script) za studente romanskih jezika, Filozofski fakultet, Nikšić. Šijački-Manević B. (1998). Gramatika latinskog jezika, Zavod za udžbenike i nastavna sredstva, Beograd. For extra-linguistic contents: different data from various editions. |
| Examination methods | Active participation during lessons: attendance, homework, showing interest during pracitce - 6 points. Preliminary exam - 2x22 points. Final exam - 50 points. A passing grade is achieved with a cumulative score of at least 50 points. |
| Special remarks | |
| Comment |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Philology / ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / ITALIAN CIVILISATION 3
| Course: | ITALIAN CIVILISATION 3/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 10348 | Obavezan | 3 | 3 | 2+0+0 |
| Programs | ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE |
| Prerequisites | |
| Aims | The course aims to familiarize students with the fundamental characteristics of social and political life in the territory of present-day Italy from the 17th to the 20th century, as well as the most significant personalities in Italian art during that period |
| Learning outcomes | After completing the course and passing the exam, the student should be able to: 1. Outline the basic characteristics of social and political life in the territory of present-day Italy from the 17th to the 20th century. 2. Explain the process of liberation and unification of Italy in the 19th century. 3. Describe the development of painting and sculpture in the territory of present-day Italy from the 17th to the 20th century. 4. Describe the development of Opera in Italy in the 18th and 19th centuries. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Olivera Popovic, PhD |
| Methodology | ex catedra |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Introduction |
| I week exercises | |
| II week lectures | 17th century - Crisis in Europe and Italy. |
| II week exercises | |
| III week lectures | Mannerism. Baroque. Caravaggio. |
| III week exercises | |
| IV week lectures | The development of opera in Venice. C. Monteverdi. Violinist composers: A. Vivaldi and A. Corelli. |
| IV week exercises | |
| V week lectures | Europe and Italy in the 18th century. |
| V week exercises | |
| VI week lectures | The Neapolitan Opera School. Opera buffa. P. Metastasio and the reform of melodrama. Neoclassicism. Antonio Canova. |
| VI week exercises | |
| VII week lectures | Echoes of the French revolution in Italy. Napoleons campaigns in Italy. |
| VII week exercises | |
| VIII week lectures | Congress of Vienna and the Restoration. |
| VIII week exercises | |
| IX week lectures | Opera in Italy in the first half of the 19th century: Rossini, Donizetti, Bellini. |
| IX week exercises | |
| X week lectures | Risorgimento - the unification of Italy; Garibaldi, Mazzini, Cavour. |
| X week exercises | |
| XI week lectures | Socio-political situation in Italy after unification. |
| XI week exercises | |
| XII week lectures | Opera in Italy in the second half of the 19th century: Verdi, Puccini. |
| XII week exercises | |
| XIII week lectures | Italian modern art: Futurism and metaphysical painting. |
| XIII week exercises | |
| XIV week lectures | Midterm exam. |
| XIV week exercises | |
| XV week lectures | Make-up exam |
| XV week exercises |
| Student workload | PER SEMESTER Class attendance and final exams: (4 hours) x 16 = 64 hours Necessary preparations before the beginning of the semester (administration, enrolment, verification) 2 x (4 hours) = 8 hours Total: 3x30 = 90 hours |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 3 credits x 40/30=4 hours and 0 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 0 excercises 2 hour(s) i 0 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =64 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =8 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 3 x 30=90 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 64 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 8 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | |
| Consultations | |
| Literature | Đulijano Prokači: Istorija Italijana, CID, Podgorica, Filozofski fakultet, Nikšić,2010; Christopher Duggan: A Concise History of Italy, Cambridge University Press, 1994; Gianluigi Ugo: Piccola storia d’Italia, Guerra Edizioni, Perugia, 1994; H. W Janson, Istorija umjetnosti, Pregled razvoja likovnih umjetnosti od praistorije do danas, Prosveta, Beograd; Lezioni di arte, vol. 1-3, Electa-Mondadori, Milano; Zigmund. G. Baranjski i Rebeka Dž. Vest (ur.), Moderna italijanska kultura, CID, Podgorica, 2007; Marc Vignal, Dizionario della musica italiana, Gremese editore, Roma, 1993; Norbert Dufourcq, Piccola storia della musica, Gremese editore, Roma, 1993; audio and video material. |
| Examination methods | Attendance: 10 points; mid-term exam: 30 points; final exam 60 points. Grading is structured within the scale 0-100% of the mastered material, while the passing grade will be achieved with the accumulation of 51% of the total material. E: 51 – 59 D: 60 – 69 C: 70 – 79 B: 80 – 89 A: 90 – 100 |
| Special remarks | |
| Comment |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Philology / ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / FRENCH LANGUAGE III
| Course: | FRENCH LANGUAGE III/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 4522 | Izborni | 3 | 4 | 2+2+0 |
| Programs | ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE |
| Prerequisites | No conditions to take this course |
| Aims | Systematic development of all language skills in the field of general French, ending with level A2.1 of the Common European Framework for Living Languages. |
| Learning outcomes | |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Doc. dr Spomenka Delibašić, lecturer and Anica Bojić, teaching assistant |
| Methodology |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Unité 1: J’ai des relations !: Leçon 1: Comment vivez-vous l’amitié ? Parler d’une relation amicale. Ami(e)s pour la vie ? |
| I week exercises | Les pronoms relatifs qui, que, à qui pour donner des précisions. |
| II week lectures | Unité 1: J’ai des relations !: Leçon 1: Décrire le caractère d’une personne. Parler de la personnalité. |
| II week exercises | L’accord du participe passé (révision). Les structures pour donner une définition : c’est + infinitif, c’est quand, c’est + nom + proposition relative. |
| III week lectures | Unité 1: J’ai des relations !: Leçon 2: Ici, pas de fête sans Alain le gardien ! |
| III week exercises | Parler de ses relations de voisinage. Rapporter les paroles de quelqu’un. |
| IV week lectures | Unité 1: J’ai des relations !: Leçon 2: Évoquer des changements. |
| IV week exercises | Faire une comparaison. |
| V week lectures | Unité 1: J’ai des relations !: Leçon 3: L’amour coup de foudre. Raconter une rencontre. Les feux de l’amour. |
| V week exercises | Le passé composé et l’imparfait pour raconter une rencontre. Raconter les suites d’une rencontre. Les marqueurs temporels il y a, pendant, dans. Carnet de voyage… |
| VI week lectures | Unité 2: Tout travail mérite salaire: Leçon 1: Postuler pour un job. Jobs à gogo. |
| VI week exercises | Les marqueurs temporels en, depuis, de … à, pendant. |
| VII week lectures | Test d’évaluation |
| VII week exercises | Se présenter dans une situation professionnelle. |
| VIII week lectures | Unité 2: Tout travail mérite salaire: Leçon 2: Clés pour la réussite. Donner des conseils, mettre en garde. Indiquer des changements nécessires. |
| VIII week exercises | Le subjonctif pour donner un conseil, exprimer la nécessité. La formation du subjonctif. |
| IX week lectures | Unité 2: Tout travail mérite salaire: Leçon 3: Stages d’été : pourquoi les jeunes les recherchent. Raconter une expérience professionnelle. |
| IX week exercises | Le plus-que-parfait pour raconter une expérience passée : l’antériorité dans le passé. Les adverbes pour donner une précision sur une action. |
| X week lectures | Unité 2: Tout travail mérite salaire: Leçon 3: Parler de ses activités professionnelles. |
| X week exercises | Les pronoms indéfinis. Carnet de voyage… |
| XI week lectures | Unité 3: Vous avez dit France? Leçon 1: Ils sont fous, ces Français ! Parler d’un pays et de ses habitants. |
| XI week exercises | Les pronoms relatifs où et dont pour donner des précisions. Découvrir des stéréotypes. Les pronoms démonstratifs celui, celle, ceux, celles... pour désigner, définir. |
| XII week lectures | Unité 3: Vous avez dit France? Leçon 2: Informer sur un itinéraire. |
| XII week exercises | Les pronoms y et en pour indiquer le lieu. Destination: l’insolite. Informer sur des prestations touristiques. |
| XIII week lectures | Unité 3: Vous avez dit France? Leçon 3: Des week-ends insolites ! Faire une réservation touristique. |
| XIII week exercises | Le gérondif. Paris-province, où vit-on le mieux en France ? Comprendre une étude comparative. |
| XIV week lectures | Unité 3: Vous avez dit France? Leçon 3: Paris-province : le match. |
| XIV week exercises | Le superlatif pour désigner les extrêmes dans un classement. Parler de son lieu de vie. Ce qui, ce que… c’est… pour mettre en relief. |
| XV week lectures | Test d’évaluation |
| XV week exercises | Carnet de voyage… |
| Student workload | |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 4 credits x 40/30=5 hours and 20 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 1 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =85 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =10 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 4 x 30=120 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 85 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | |
| Consultations | |
| Literature | Annie Berthet, Catherine Hugot, Véronique Kizirian, Béatrix Sampsonis, Monique Waendendries; Alter Ego 2, méthode de français A2, Paris: Hachette, 2006. (Unités 1, 2 et 3). Cahier d’exercice de même édition. |
| Examination methods | Mid-term and oral final exam |
| Special remarks | |
| Comment |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Philology / ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / RUSSIAN LANGUAGE III
| Course: | RUSSIAN LANGUAGE III/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 4525 | Izborni | 3 | 4 | 2+2+0 |
| Programs | ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE |
| Prerequisites | |
| Aims | |
| Learning outcomes | |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | |
| Methodology |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | |
| I week exercises | |
| II week lectures | |
| II week exercises | |
| III week lectures | |
| III week exercises | |
| IV week lectures | |
| IV week exercises | |
| V week lectures | |
| V week exercises | |
| VI week lectures | |
| VI week exercises | |
| VII week lectures | |
| VII week exercises | |
| VIII week lectures | |
| VIII week exercises | |
| IX week lectures | |
| IX week exercises | |
| X week lectures | |
| X week exercises | |
| XI week lectures | |
| XI week exercises | |
| XII week lectures | |
| XII week exercises | |
| XIII week lectures | |
| XIII week exercises | |
| XIV week lectures | |
| XIV week exercises | |
| XV week lectures | |
| XV week exercises |
| Student workload | |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 4 credits x 40/30=5 hours and 20 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 1 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =85 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =10 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 4 x 30=120 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 85 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | |
| Consultations | |
| Literature | |
| Examination methods | |
| Special remarks | |
| Comment |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Philology / ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / ENGLISH LANGUAGE III
| Course: | ENGLISH LANGUAGE III/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 9749 | Izborni | 3 | 4 | 2+2+0 |
| Programs | ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE |
| Prerequisites | None. |
| Aims | Upgrading the skills of speaking, listening, reading and writing English (B2.2); an active use of the English language in everyday communication, enhancing the knowledge pertaining to English grammar (B2.2) |
| Learning outcomes | After the student passes this exam, he / she will be able to: - enhance the skills of speaking, listening, reading and writing in English – level B2.2, - apply grammatical structures In English at the level B2.2 - use actively the English language in oral and written communication (level B2.2) - apply broaden English vocabulary |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Saša Simović, Associate Professor, Oksana Kankaraš, MA |
| Methodology | Lectures, consultations, presentations |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Introduction to the course |
| I week exercises | Grammar review |
| II week lectures | Vocabulary search; Language focus; Getting along |
| II week exercises | Integrated skills |
| III week lectures | Grammar review; Modals and related verbs |
| III week exercises | Listening and speaking: Getting married |
| IV week lectures | Reading and speaking: The Peter Pan generation |
| IV week exercises | Integrated skills; Everyday English – Exaggeration and understatement |
| V week lectures | A literary text translation |
| V week exercises | Presentations |
| VI week lectures | Reading and speaking: How remarkable! Vocabulary search |
| VI week exercises | Relative clauses |
| VII week lectures | Vocabulary search; Adding detail; Adverb collocations |
| VII week exercises | Integrated skills. Grammar review |
| VIII week lectures | Mid-term exam |
| VIII week exercises | Presentations |
| IX week lectures | Reading and speaking: Tarzan of Central Park. Discussion |
| IX week exercises | Listening and speaking. Extreme temperature |
| X week lectures | A literary text translation. Discussion |
| X week exercises | Essay writing |
| XI week lectures | The way we were; Expressing habit. Vocabulary search |
| XI week exercises | Grammar review; used to do / used to doing |
| XII week lectures | A newspaper article translation |
| XII week exercises | Listening and speaking – A teacher to remember |
| XIII week lectures | Reading and speaking.: Living in the past; Discussion |
| XIII week exercises | Homonyms and homophones; Everyday English – Making your point |
| XIV week lectures | A literary text translation. Vocabulary search |
| XIV week exercises | Grammar review; Integrated skills |
| XV week lectures | Film |
| XV week exercises | General revision |
| Student workload | 4 credits x 40/30 = 5 hours 20 minutes |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 4 credits x 40/30=5 hours and 20 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 1 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =85 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =10 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 4 x 30=120 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 85 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | Students are obliged to attend the classes, prepare themselves and participate actively in classes, do homework / presentations |
| Consultations | After each class |
| Literature | Liz & John Soars (2014), New Headway-Upper-intermediate: Students Book, OUP (4th edition). Additional materials (literary texts; audio materials; grammar exercises). |
| Examination methods | Test 1 – 40 points, Test 2 – 17 points, Attendance 5+3, Final exam – 35 points A pass mark is obtained by collecting at least 50 points. |
| Special remarks | Lectures and seminars are taught in English. |
| Comment | None. |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Philology / ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / SPANISH LANGUAGE III
| Course: | SPANISH LANGUAGE III/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 9753 | Izborni | 3 | 4 | 2+2+0 |
| Programs | ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE |
| Prerequisites | |
| Aims | |
| Learning outcomes | |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | |
| Methodology |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | |
| I week exercises | |
| II week lectures | |
| II week exercises | |
| III week lectures | |
| III week exercises | |
| IV week lectures | |
| IV week exercises | |
| V week lectures | |
| V week exercises | |
| VI week lectures | |
| VI week exercises | |
| VII week lectures | |
| VII week exercises | |
| VIII week lectures | |
| VIII week exercises | |
| IX week lectures | |
| IX week exercises | |
| X week lectures | |
| X week exercises | |
| XI week lectures | |
| XI week exercises | |
| XII week lectures | |
| XII week exercises | |
| XIII week lectures | |
| XIII week exercises | |
| XIV week lectures | |
| XIV week exercises | |
| XV week lectures | |
| XV week exercises |
| Student workload | |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 4 credits x 40/30=5 hours and 20 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 1 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =85 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =10 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 4 x 30=120 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 85 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | |
| Consultations | |
| Literature | |
| Examination methods | |
| Special remarks | |
| Comment |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Philology / ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / GERMAN LANGUAGE III
| Course: | GERMAN LANGUAGE III/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 9758 | Izborni | 3 | 4 | 2+2+0 |
| Programs | ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE |
| Prerequisites | there is no conditioning |
| Aims | The aim of the course is to enable students to understand the basic categories and terms of the modern language. |
| Learning outcomes | After the student passes this exam, he/she will be able to: 1. Knows the construction of the perfect tense and types of verbs (weak, strong and mixed) in the German language; 2. Knows the construction of the preterite of the verbs sein and haben in German; 3. Uses oral and written modal verbs; 4. Use the acquired knowledge to write short letters, advertisements and emails in German; 5. Use the acquired knowledge for a simple oral description of an event from the past in German. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | dr Ana MInić mr Semra Husović |
| Methodology | Lectures and exercises |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Konjunktion: weil |
| I week exercises | Konjunktion: weil |
| II week lectures | Perfect of separable verbs, inseparable verbs and verbs ending in -ier |
| II week exercises | Perfect of separable verbs, inseparable verbs and verbs ending in -ier |
| III week lectures | Names in the genitive, prepositions from and at |
| III week exercises | Names in the genitive, prepositions from and at |
| IV week lectures | Alternating prepositions, verbs with alternating prepositions, directional adverbs |
| IV week exercises | Alternating prepositions, verbs with alternating prepositions, directional adverbs |
| V week lectures | Indefinite pronouns in the nominative and accusative |
| V week exercises | Indefinite pronouns in the nominative and accusative |
| VI week lectures | Preparation for the test |
| VI week exercises | Test |
| VII week lectures | Konjunktiv II |
| VII week exercises | Konjunktiv II |
| VIII week lectures | Konjunktion: wenn |
| VIII week exercises | Konjunktion: wenn |
| IX week lectures | Reflexive verbs |
| IX week exercises | Reflexive verbs |
| X week lectures | Verbs with prepositions, question words and prepositional adverbs |
| X week exercises | Verbs with prepositions, question words and prepositional adverbs |
| XI week lectures | Preparation for the test |
| XI week exercises | Test |
| XII week lectures | Past tense of modal verbs |
| XII week exercises | Past tense of modal verbs |
| XIII week lectures | Konjunktion: dass |
| XIII week exercises | Konjunktion: dass |
| XIV week lectures | Dative as an object |
| XIV week exercises | Dative as an object |
| XV week lectures | Position of the objects |
| XV week exercises | Preparation for the final exam |
| Student workload | Weekly 4 credits x 40/30 = 5 hours and 20 minutes Structure: 2 hours of lectures 2 hours of exercises 1 hour and 20 minutes of individual student work (preparation for laboratory exercises, colloquiums, homework) including consultations In the semester Lessons and final exam: (5 hours and 20 minutes) x 16 = 85 hours and 20 minutes Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 2 x (5 hours and 20 minutes) = 10 hours and 40 minutes Total workload for the course: 4 x 30 = 120 hours Additional work for exam preparation in the makeup exam period, including taking the make-up exam from 0 - 30 hours. Load structure: 85 hours and 20 minutes (teaching) + 10 hours and 40 minutes (preparation) + 24 hours (additional work) |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 4 credits x 40/30=5 hours and 20 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 1 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =85 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =10 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 4 x 30=120 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 85 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | The student is obliged to attend classes and take all knowledge tests during the semester. |
| Consultations | at the request of the student |
| Literature | Helbig, G./Buscha, J.: Deutsche Grammatik 1981; Prevoc: Đukanović, J.: Mali Duden, 1981; Hilpert, S.; Niebisch, D.; Penning-Hiemstra, S.; Sprecht, F.; Tomaszewski A.; Reimann M.: Schritte international 3 |
| Examination methods | The following are graded: two colloquiums of 20 points, a total of 40 points, class attendance 5 points, homework 5 points, final exam with 50 points. A passing grade is obtained if at least 50 points are cumulatively collected. |
| Special remarks | Oral final exam |
| Comment | Students will receive a plan for the implementation of the curriculum by thematic units and terms at the beginning of the semester. |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Philology / ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / ITALIAN LANGUAGE III
| Course: | ITALIAN LANGUAGE III/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 9735 | Obavezan | 3 | 4 | 2+2+0 |
| Programs | ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE |
| Prerequisites | There are no pre-conditions for the attendance of this course. |
| Aims | Mastering the elements of morphology, syntax and lexicology of Italian language. |
| Learning outcomes | After successfully completing this course, students will be able to: 1. Apply phonetic and ortographic rules in transcribing Italian names in their mother tongue. 2. Master the basics of lexicology and word formation in Italian language (suffixation, compounding); distinguish simple root words from derived words and compounds. 3. Recognize and properly use the forms of definite, indefinite and partitive article, and master the basics of its usage. 4. Recognize different types of Italian nouns and adjectives, and change properly their more complex forms too, including the usage of loanwords. 5. Recognize the most frequent types of Italian compounds and change them properly from singular to plural and vice versa. 6. Recognize and use the most frequent Italian suffixes in derivation of nouns. 7. Recognize pronouns and particles combined with different verbal forms, and use them properly. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Radmila Lazarević |
| Methodology | Lectures, exercises, tests, preparation for the final exam |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Informing the students about the curriculum. |
| I week exercises | Introduction to Italian lexicology. |
| II week lectures | Phonetics and ortography; transcription rules. |
| II week exercises | Loanwords. |
| III week lectures | Article. |
| III week exercises | Word formation. Word compounding. Types of compounding. |
| IV week lectures | Nouns I. |
| IV week exercises | Types of compounds I. |
| V week lectures | Nouns II. |
| V week exercises | Types of compounds II. |
| VI week lectures | Adjectives I. |
| VI week exercises | Types of compounds III. |
| VII week lectures | Lexicology test. |
| VII week exercises | Analysis of tests results. |
| VIII week lectures | Adjectives II. |
| VIII week exercises | Derivation by suffixation. |
| IX week lectures | Adjectives III. |
| IX week exercises | Deriving of agent nouns I. |
| X week lectures | Pronouns I. |
| X week exercises | Deriving of agent nouns II. |
| XI week lectures | Pronouns II. |
| XI week exercises | Deriving of instrument and place nouns. |
| XII week lectures | Mid-term test. |
| XII week exercises | Analysis of mid-term tests results. |
| XIII week lectures | Pronouns III. |
| XIII week exercises | Deriving of collective nouns. |
| XIV week lectures | Pronouns IV. |
| XIV week exercises | Deriving of abstract nouns. |
| XV week lectures | Deriving of nouns from verbs by suffixation. |
| XV week exercises | Preparation for the final exam. |
| Student workload | Lectures and final exam: (5 hours 20 minutes) x 16 = 85 hours 5 minutes. Before semester (administration) 2x(5 hours 20 minutes) = 10 hours 40 minutes. Total for the course 4x30=120 hours. Additional work 24 hours 15 minutes. Structure: 85 hours 5 min (lectures) + 10 hours 40 minutes (preparation) + 24 hours 15 minutes (additional work) = 120 hours. |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 4 credits x 40/30=5 hours and 20 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 1 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =85 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =10 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 4 x 30=120 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 85 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | Regular class attendance, homework, active participation in classes. |
| Consultations | Wednesdays 15:00-17:00 |
| Literature | 1) Textbooks: a) Saša Moderc, Gramatika italijanskog jezika, Luna crescens, 2015; b) Mila Samardžić, Pogled na reči, Filološki fakultet, Beograd, 2011. 2) Mila Samardžić, Vježbe iz leksikologije (exercises); 3) a monolingual Italian dictionary |
| Examination methods | Active participation in classes (attendance, homework, getting involved in class discussions) 4 points, mid-term test 36 points. Final exam 60 points. The student must accumulate 50 points during the semester to pass the exam. |
| Special remarks | |
| Comment | This course is now included in the Course of Italian Language 3 - Lexicology 1. Therefore, the same program applies to the courses Italian Language 3 and Italian Language III. |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Philology / ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / ITALIAN LANGUAGE 3 - LEXICOLOGY I
| Course: | ITALIAN LANGUAGE 3 - LEXICOLOGY I/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 10346 | Obavezan | 3 | 5 | 2+2+0 |
| Programs | ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE |
| Prerequisites | |
| Aims | Mastering the elements of Italian lexicology |
| Learning outcomes | After successfully completing this course, students will be able to: 1. Master the basics of lexicology and word formation in the Italian language (prefixation) 2. Distinguish simple root words from derived words and compounds 3. Recognize and use the most frequent Italian prefixes 4. Recognize and use the most frequent evaluative suffixes (alterativi) and can use them to form diminutives, augmentatives and pejoratives 5. Recognize different types of loanwords in Italian, and use properly their more complex forms too (gender, plurals). |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Radmila Lazarević, PhD, Assistant Professor; Hajdana Vujanović, MA, senior lecturer |
| Methodology |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Introduction to Italian lexicology. Transliteration of Italian names |
| I week exercises | |
| II week lectures | Loanwords: use and morphological characteristics |
| II week exercises | |
| III week lectures | Word formation: derivation |
| III week exercises | |
| IV week lectures | Prefixation |
| IV week exercises | |
| V week lectures | Nominal and adjectival prefixes that indicate spatial relationships |
| V week exercises | |
| VI week lectures | Nominal and adjectival prefixes that indicate temporal relationships |
| VI week exercises | |
| VII week lectures | Nominal and adjectival qualitative prefixes |
| VII week exercises | |
| VIII week lectures | Verbal prefixes |
| VIII week exercises | |
| IX week lectures | Parasynthesis |
| IX week exercises | |
| X week lectures | Parasynthetic verbs |
| X week exercises | |
| XI week lectures | Prefixoids and suffixoids I |
| XI week exercises | |
| XII week lectures | Prefixoids and suffixoids II |
| XII week exercises | |
| XIII week lectures | Mid-term test |
| XIII week exercises | Analysis of mid-term test results |
| XIV week lectures | Suffixation: formation of diminutives |
| XIV week exercises | |
| XV week lectures | Suffixation: formation of augmentatives and pejoratives |
| XV week exercises | Preparation for the final exam |
| Student workload | |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 5 credits x 40/30=6 hours and 40 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
6 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =106 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 6 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =13 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 5 x 30=150 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 30 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 106 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 13 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 30 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | |
| Consultations | |
| Literature | 1. Saša Moderc, Gramatika italijanskog jezika, Luna crescens, Beograd, 2015; 2. Mila Samardžić, Pogled na reči, Filološki fakultet, Beograd, 2011. 3. Mila Samardžić, Vježbe iz leksikologije (exercises); 4. A. De Giuli, C, Guastalla, C. M. Naddeo, Nuovo Magari B2. Alma Edizioni, Firenze, 2013. 5. A monolingual Italian dictionary |
| Examination methods | Active participation in classes (attendance, homework, getting involved in class discussions) 4 points, mid-term test 36 points. Final exam 60 points. The student must accumulate 50 points during the semester to pass the exam. |
| Special remarks | |
| Comment |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Philology / ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / ITALIAN LITERATURE 3 - BAROQUE, ENLIGHTENMENT AND NEOCLASSICISM
| Course: | ITALIAN LITERATURE 3 - BAROQUE, ENLIGHTENMENT AND NEOCLASSICISM/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 10347 | Obavezan | 3 | 5 | 2+2+0 |
| Programs | ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE |
| Prerequisites | |
| Aims | Acquainting the students with the major trends and literary movements in Italy in XVII and XVIII century, and with leading literary figures and their most representative works. |
| Learning outcomes | After successfully completing the course, the student will be able to: 1. Describe the poetic and genre features of the Italian Baroque and Enlightenment; 2. Categorize the works of Italian literature written in XVI and XVII centuries by literary periods and genres; 3. Present the most important authors of Italian literature in XVI and XVII century and their works. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Olivera Popović, PhD Desanka Jauković, M.A. |
| Methodology |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Baroque: periodization and characteristics |
| I week exercises | Seminar paper assignments |
| II week lectures | General characteristic of baroque literature: historiography, philosophy and science literature |
| II week exercises | Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected fragments from Baroque treatises |
| III week lectures | Baroque poetry: marinism, classicistic tradition, epic and mock-heroic poetry |
| III week exercises | Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected fragments from "La secchia rapita" |
| IV week lectures | Baroque prose: novels, short stories, dialect prose, drama |
| IV week exercises | Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected fragments from Lo Cunto de li cunti |
| V week lectures | G. B. Marino |
| V week exercises | Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected fragments from Marinos poetry |
| VI week lectures | Mid-term exam |
| VI week exercises | Detailed analysis of the results of the mid-term exam |
| VII week lectures | From Rococo to illuminism and neoclassicism: Italian literature in relation to the European |
| VII week exercises | Student presentations on assigned topics (the figure of the artist in the Baroque era). |
| VIII week lectures | General characteristics of Italian literature in XVIII century |
| VIII week exercises | Student presentations on assigned topics (the figure of the woman in the Baroque era). |
| IX week lectures | Historiography, and literary criticism: L. A. Muratori, P. Giannone, G. Vico |
| IX week exercises | Student presentations on assigned topics (Enlightenment and science; the noblemen in the Enlightenment). |
| X week lectures | Illuminism in Italy |
| X week exercises | Student presentations on assigned topics (the figure of the artist and women in the Enlightenment). |
| XI week lectures | C. Goldoni |
| XI week exercises | Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected fragments from Baruffe chiozzotte |
| XII week lectures | G. Parini |
| XII week exercises | Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected fragments of Parinis poetry |
| XIII week lectures | V. Alfieri |
| XIII week exercises | Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected fragments of the tragedy Mirra |
| XIV week lectures | U. Foscolo |
| XIV week exercises | Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected fragments of Le ultime lettere di Jacopo Ortis |
| XV week lectures | Mid-term exam |
| XV week exercises | Detailed analysis of the results of the mid-term exam |
| Student workload | WEEKLY 5 credits x 40/30 = 6 hours 40 min. Structure: 4 hours of lectures 2 hours 40 min of independent work. PER SEMESTER Class attendance and final exams: (6 hours 40 min) x 16 = 106 hours 40 min Necessary preparations before the beginning of the semester (administration, enrolment, verification) 2 x (6 hours 40 min) = 13 hours 20 min Total: 5x30 = 150 hours Additional work for the preparation of the make-up exam: 0 to 30 hours Structure: 106 hours 40 min(classes) +13 hours 20 min (preparation) + 30 hours (additional work) |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 5 credits x 40/30=6 hours and 40 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
6 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =106 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 6 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =13 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 5 x 30=150 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 30 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 106 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 13 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 30 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | |
| Consultations | Thursday: 9.00 - 10.00 |
| Literature | Feroni, Đ., Istorija italijanske književnosti, CID, Podgorica 2005; Čale, F.–Zorić, M., Talijanska književnost, Povijest svjetske književnosti, knj. 4, Mladost, Zagreb 1974; Casadei, A.–Santagata, M., Manuale di letteratura italiana medievale e moderna, Laterza, Roma 2008; Vilari, R.(ur.) Likovi baroka, CLIO, Beograd, 2004; Vovel, M., Čovek doba prosvećenosti, CLIO, Beograd, 2006. |
| Examination methods | Attendance: 2 points; activity during classes, preparation and presentation of tasks assigned : 8 points; mid-term exam: 2x20 points; final exam 50 points. Grading is structured within the scale 0-100% of the mastered material, while the passing grade will be achieved with the accumulation of 51% of the total material. E: 51 – 59 D: 60 – 69 C: 70 – 79 B: 80 – 89 A: 90 – 100 |
| Special remarks | |
| Comment |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Philology / ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / ITALIAN LITERATURE III
| Course: | ITALIAN LITERATURE III/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 2709 | Obavezan | 3 | 6 | 2+2+0 |
| Programs | ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE |
| Prerequisites | There are no pre-conditions for the attendance of this course. |
| Aims | Acquainting the students with the major trends and literary movements in Italy in XVII and XVIII century, and with leading literary figures and their most representative works. |
| Learning outcomes | After successfully completing the course, the student will be able to: 1. Describe the poetic and genre features of the Italian Baroque and Enlightenment; 2. Categorize the works of Italian literature written in XVI and XVII century by literary periods and genres; 3. Present the most important authors of Italian literature in XVI and XVII century and their works. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | professor: Olivera Popović, PhD; assistant: Desanka Jauković, M.A. |
| Methodology | Lectures, seminars, homework, text analysis, required reading, consultations |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Baroque: periodization and characteristics |
| I week exercises | Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected fragments |
| II week lectures | General characteristic of baroque literature: historiography, philosophy and science literature |
| II week exercises | Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected fragments |
| III week lectures | Baroque poetry: marinism, classicistic tradition, epic and mock-heroic poetry |
| III week exercises | Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected fragments |
| IV week lectures | Baroque prose: novels, short stories, dialect prose, drama |
| IV week exercises | Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected fragments |
| V week lectures | G. B. Marino |
| V week exercises | Summary and preparation for the mid-term exam |
| VI week lectures | Mid-term exam |
| VI week exercises | Detailed analysis of mid-term exam |
| VII week lectures | From Rococo to illuminism and neoclassicism: Italian literature in relation to the European |
| VII week exercises | Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected fragments |
| VIII week lectures | General characteristics of Italian literature in XVIII century |
| VIII week exercises | General characteristics of Italian literature in XVIII century |
| IX week lectures | Historiography, and literary criticism: L. A. Muratori, P. Giannone, G. Vico |
| IX week exercises | Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected fragments |
| X week lectures | Illuminism in Italy |
| X week exercises | Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected fragments |
| XI week lectures | C. Goldoni |
| XI week exercises | Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected fragments |
| XII week lectures | G. Parini |
| XII week exercises | Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected fragments |
| XIII week lectures | V. Alfieri |
| XIII week exercises | Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected fragments |
| XIV week lectures | U. Foscolo |
| XIV week exercises | Summary and preparation for the mid-term exam |
| XV week lectures | Mid-term exam |
| XV week exercises | Detailed analysis of mid-term exam |
| Student workload | WEEKLY 6 credits x 40/30 = 8 hours Structure: 4 hours of lectures 4 hours of independent work including office hours. PER SEMESTER Class attendance and final exams: (8 hours) x 16 = 128 hours Neccessary preparations before the beginning of the semester (administration, enrolment, verification) 2 x (8 hours) = 16 hours Total: 6x30 = 180 hours Additional work for the preparation of the make-up exam: 0 to 36 hours Structure: 128 hours (classes) +16 hours (preparation) + 36 hours (additional work) |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 6 credits x 40/30=8 hours and 0 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 4 hour(s) i 0 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
8 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =128 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 8 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =16 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 6 x 30=180 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 36 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 128 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 16 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 36 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | Students are obliged to attend lectures and seminars regularly, to actively participate in the classes, to do homework and take the tests and exams |
| Consultations | Thursdays and Fridays: 09.00 - 10.00 |
| Literature | Đulio Feroni, Istorija italijanske književnosti, CID, Podgorica 2005; F. Čale-M. Zorić, Talijanska književnost, Povijest svjetske književnosti, Mladost, Zagreb 1974, knj. 4; A. Casadei – M. Santagata, Manuale di letteratura italiana medievale e moderna, L |
| Examination methods | Attendance: 2 points; activity during classes, preparation and presentation of tasks assigned : 8 points; mid-term exam: 2x20 points; final exam 50 points. Grading is structured within the scale 0-100% of the mastered material, while the passing grade wil |
| Special remarks | |
| Comment |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Philology / ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / CONTEMPORARY ITALIAN LANGUAGE 3 - B1.1 LEVEL
| Course: | CONTEMPORARY ITALIAN LANGUAGE 3 - B1.1 LEVEL/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 10349 | Obavezan | 3 | 10 | 2+8+0 |
| Programs | ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE |
| Prerequisites | |
| Aims | The course aims to improve basic language skills (listening, reading, writing and speaking), improve integrated language skills, and deepen the students knowledge of Italian grammar. |
| Learning outcomes | After successfully completing this course, students will be able to: 1. Understand the main points of clearly pronounced input in standard Italian, on topics related to the current events. 2. Understand the main points of text written in standard Italian. 3. Produce simple and concise text on familiar topics, or on topics elaborated in class 4. Describe an event in simple terms and briefly express their view on a familiar topic. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Radmila Lazarević, PhD, Assistant Professor; Vera Tomanović, MA, senior lecturer; Hajdana Vujanović, MA, senior lecturer; Vincenza Leone, PhD, lecturer |
| Methodology |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Unità 1: Geografia. Luoghi d’Italia |
| I week exercises | Magari - avverbio ed esclamazione; il futuro semplice e anteriore |
| II week lectures | Unità 1: Geografia. Luoghi d’Italia |
| II week exercises | Gli articoli determinativi e indeterminativi; uso degli articoli con i nomi geografici |
| III week lectures | Unità 1: Geografia. Luoghi d’Italia |
| III week exercises | La preposizione in con i nomi di luogo; la formazione di alcuni sintagmi; lessico della geografia |
| IV week lectures | Unità 2: Arti. Classico e moderno |
| IV week exercises | Condizionale semplice e composto; quello; costruzione "è uno di quei" |
| V week lectures | Unità 2: Arti. Classico e moderno |
| V week exercises | Pronomi personali tonici e atoni; pronomi combinati e particelle |
| VI week lectures | Unità 2: Arti. Classico e moderno |
| VI week exercises | Collocazioni con i verbi venire, prendere, tenere; insiemi lessicali (ambito semantico dell’arte) |
| VII week lectures | Unità 3: Società. Emigrazione ed immigrazione |
| VII week exercises | Passato remoto; differenza tra passato prossimo e passato remoto (1) |
| VIII week lectures | Unità 3: Società. Emigrazione ed immigrazione |
| VIII week exercises | Imperfetto in luogo del condizionale passato come desiderio non realizzato; presente storico |
| IX week lectures | Unità 3: Società. Emigrazione ed immigrazione |
| IX week exercises | Discorso diretto e indiretto |
| X week lectures | Unità 3: Società. Emigrazione ed immigrazione |
| X week exercises | Condizionale composto come futuro nel passato |
| XI week lectures | Mid-term test. |
| XI week exercises | Analysis of mid-term test results. |
| XII week lectures | Unità 4: Storia. Il Rinascimento |
| XII week exercises | Differenza tra passato prossimo e passato remoto (2) |
| XIII week lectures | Unità 4: Storia. Il Rinascimento |
| XIII week exercises | Il mondo dell’economia; i versi degli animali |
| XIV week lectures | Unità 4: Storia. Il Rinascimento |
| XIV week exercises | La punteggiatura, il ritmo, l’intonazione; insiemi lessicali (ambito semantico economico) |
| XV week lectures | Unità 4: Storia. Il Rinascimento |
| XV week exercises | Recapitulation and preparation for the final exam |
| Student workload | |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 10 credits x 40/30=13 hours and 20 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 8 excercises 3 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
13 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =213 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 13 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =26 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 10 x 30=300 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 60 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 213 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 26 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 60 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | Regular class attendance, homework, active participation in classes. |
| Consultations | |
| Literature | 1. Saša Moderc, Gramatika italijanskog jezika. Luna crescens, Beograd, 2015. 2. A. De Giuli, C, Guastalla, C. M. Naddeo, Nuovo Magari B2. Alma Edizioni, Firenze, 2013. 3. A monolingual Italian dictionary |
| Examination methods | Active participation in classes (attendance, homework, getting involved in class discussions) 5 points, mid-term test 35 points. Final exam 60 points. The student is required to pass each part of the final exam and earn a minimum of 50 points throughout the semester. |
| Special remarks | |
| Comment |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Philology / ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / LATIN LANGUAGE II
| Course: | LATIN LANGUAGE II/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 9728 | Obavezan | 4 | 3 | 2+0+0 |
| Programs | ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE |
| Prerequisites | There are no pre-conditions for the attendance of this course. |
| Aims | To master the basics of the Latin language in terms of irregularities in verb inflection, constructions (AcI, NcI, ablative absolute, etc.), as well as case and sentence syntax. |
| Learning outcomes | On successful completion of this exam, the student should be able to: 1. Recognise irregular verbs, impersonal verbs and verbs with special conjugation; 2. Explain the syntax of verb forms; 3. Know case syntax; 4. Recognise types of sentences; 5. Translate simple Latin texts with the help of a dictionary. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Predrag Jovović, Ph.D. |
| Methodology | Lecture, exercises (two-way translation), comparison with mother tongue (native language) and the language studied at the university, consultations. |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Subjunctive in all tenses in active and passive. Use of independent and dependent subjunctive. |
| I week exercises | Subjunctive in all tenses in active and passive. Use of independent and dependent subjunctive. |
| II week lectures | Indefinite verb forms (verbum infinitum): Infinitive, Gerund and Supine. |
| II week exercises | Indefinite verb forms (verbum infinitum): Infinitive, Gerund and Supine. |
| III week lectures | Verbal adjectives: participles and gerundive - replacing the gerund with a gerundive. |
| III week exercises | Verbal adjectives: participles and gerundive - replacing the gerund with a gerundive. |
| IV week lectures | Mid-term exam |
| IV week exercises | Analysis of mid-term exam |
| V week lectures | Deponent and semideponent verbs |
| V week exercises | Deponent and semideponent verbs |
| VI week lectures | Verbs with special conjugation (esse, ferre, ire, velle, nolle, malle, fieri) |
| VI week exercises | Verbs with special conjugation (esse, ferre, ire, velle, nolle, malle, fieri) |
| VII week lectures | Verba defectiva et impersonalia |
| VII week exercises | Verba defectiva et impersonalia |
| VIII week lectures | Accusative with infinitive. Nominative with infinitive |
| VIII week exercises | Accusative with infinitive. Nominative with infinitive |
| IX week lectures | Ablative absolute. Periphrastic conjugations - active and passive |
| IX week exercises | Ablative absolute. Periphrastic conjugations - active and passive |
| X week lectures | Mid-term exam |
| X week exercises | Analysis of mid-term exam |
| XI week lectures | Case syntax |
| XI week exercises | Case syntax |
| XII week lectures | Sentence syntax: division and main parts of the sentence. Independent clause. |
| XII week exercises | Sentence syntax: division and main parts of the sentence. Independent clause. |
| XIII week lectures | Mode in independent clauses - Consecutio temporum |
| XIII week exercises | Mode in independent clauses - Consecutio temporum |
| XIV week lectures | Dependent clauses |
| XIV week exercises | Dependent clauses |
| XV week lectures | Oratio obliqua (Indirect speech) |
| XV week exercises | Oratio obliqua (Indirect speech) |
| Student workload | Weekly 3 credits x 40/30 = 4 hours Structure: 2 hours of lectures 0 hours of practice 2 hours of student’s individual work (preparation for laboratory exercises, colloquiums, doing homework) including consultations During the semester Lectures and final exam: (4 hours) x 16 = 64 hours Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 2 x (4 hours) = 8 hours Total course workload: 3 x 30 = 90 hours Additional engagement: preparation for the exam in the resit exam period, including taking the resit exam: 0 - 30 hours. Workload structure: 64 hours (lectures) + 8 hours (preparation) + 18 hours (additional engagement) |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 3 credits x 40/30=4 hours and 0 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 0 excercises 2 hour(s) i 0 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =64 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =8 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 3 x 30=90 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 64 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 8 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | Students are required to attend classes – lectures and practice, and to sit exams. |
| Consultations | |
| Literature | Camaj, M. (2000). Latinski jezik II – (script) za studente romanskih jezika, Filozofski fakultet, Nikšić. Šijački-Manević, B. (1998). Gramatika latinskog jezika, Zavod za udžbenike i nastavna sredstva, Beograd. For extra-linguistic contents: different data from various editions. |
| Examination methods | Active participation during lessons: attendance, homework, showing interest during pracitce - 6 points. Preliminary exam - 2x22 points. Final exam - 50 points. A passing grade is achieved with a cumulative score of at least 50 points. Total points: 100. |
| Special remarks | |
| Comment |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Philology / ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / ITALIAN CIVILISATION 4
| Course: | ITALIAN CIVILISATION 4/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 10352 | Obavezan | 4 | 3 | 2+0+0 |
| Programs | ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE |
| Prerequisites | |
| Aims | The course aims to familiarize students with the social, political, and cultural-artistic development of Italy from World War I to the beginning of the 21st century. |
| Learning outcomes | After completing the course and passing the exam, the student should be able to: 1. Interpret Italys internal and external policies during the First and Second World Wars. 2. Analyze the periods of Italian economic boom, labor and student protests, and terrorism during the so-called "years of lead." 3. Explain the transformation of Italian politics and society after the fall of the Berlin Wall. 4. Interpret the causes and consequences of the phenomenon of immigration in Italy since the end of the 20th century. 5. Analyze the specificities of the situation in Southern Italy and the phenomenon of the Mafia. 6. Describe the development of Italian cinematography from its inception to the end of the 20th century. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Olivera Popović, PhD |
| Methodology | ex cathedra |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Italy in World War I. |
| I week exercises | |
| II week lectures | Italy between the two World Wars: emergence, characteristics, and policies of fascism. |
| II week exercises | |
| III week lectures | Beginnings of Italian cinema. |
| III week exercises | |
| IV week lectures | Italy in World War II |
| IV week exercises | |
| V week lectures | Political life after the liberation of Italy: referendum and the new constitution. Neorealism in cinematography |
| V week exercises | |
| VI week lectures | Economic boom. Film comedy, "spaghetti westerns," and "peplum films." Art film. |
| VI week exercises | |
| VII week lectures | Cold War echoes in Italy, internal migrations. Protests in 1968. |
| VII week exercises | |
| VIII week lectures | Italian cinematography after 1968: politics and ideology in dramatic cinema. Bittersweet laughter: societal critique in the Italian comedic style. |
| VIII week exercises | |
| IX week lectures | New political forces. "Mani pulite" or Tangentopoli. End of the First Republic. |
| IX week exercises | |
| X week lectures | The third "renaissance" of Italian cinema. |
| X week exercises | |
| XI week lectures | Movements and tendencies at the beginning of the Third Millennium. The phenomenon of immigration: the role of immigrants in Italys economic and social life. |
| XI week exercises | |
| XII week lectures | The South, or the "other Italy." Characteristics of the development of the South from the unification of Italy to the contemporary era. |
| XII week exercises | |
| XIII week lectures | Mafia, Cosa Nostra, Camorra, Ndrangheta. State response. |
| XIII week exercises | |
| XIV week lectures | Mid-term exam |
| XIV week exercises | |
| XV week lectures | Make-up exam |
| XV week exercises |
| Student workload | |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 3 credits x 40/30=4 hours and 0 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 0 excercises 2 hour(s) i 0 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =64 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =8 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 3 x 30=90 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 64 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 8 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | |
| Consultations | |
| Literature | Đulijano Prokači: Istorija Italijana, CID, Podgorica, Filozofski fakultet, Nikšić,2010; Christopher Duggan: A Concise History of Italy, Cambridge University Press, 1994; Gianluigi Ugo: Piccola storia d’Italia, Guerra Edizioni, Perugia, 1994; Daniela Bartalesi-Graf: L’Italia dal fascismo ad oggi: percorsi paralleli nella storia, nella letteratura e nel cinema, Guerra edizioni, Perugia, 2006, Đulijano Prokači, Istorija Italijana, CID, Podgorica, 2010, Moderna italijanska kultura, CID, Podgorica, 2007; Mario Ričardi, Vek italijanskog filma, CLIO, Beograd, 2008; Gian Piero Brunetta, Centanni di cinema italiano, Laterza, Roma-Bari,2004; |
| Examination methods | Attendance, activity during classes, preparation and presentation of tasks assigned: 10 points; mid-term exam: 30 points; final exam 60 points. Grading is structured within the scale 0-100% of the mastered material, while the passing grade will be achieved with the accumulation of 51% of the total material. E: 51 – 59 D: 60 – 69 C: 70 – 79 B: 80 – 89 A: 90 – 100 |
| Special remarks | |
| Comment |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Philology / ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / ENGLISH LANGUAGE IV
| Course: | ENGLISH LANGUAGE IV/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 4528 | Izborni | 4 | 4 | 2+2+0 |
| Programs | ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE |
| Prerequisites | None |
| Aims | Improving the comprehensions skills of speech and written text; improving the knowledge of English grammar; an active use of English (B2.2 level) in oral and written communication |
| Learning outcomes | After passing the exam, the students will: - have improved their speaking, listening, reading and writing skills in English - level B2.2 - use grammatical structures of the English language - level B2.2 -actively use the English language at the B2.2 level in oral and written communication - actively use the extended vocabulary |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Marijana Cerović and Oksana Kankaraš |
| Methodology | Lectures and exercises, consultations. |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Introduction to the course |
| I week exercises | |
| II week lectures | Over my dead body; Modal auxiliary verbs 2; Synonyms Metaphors and idioms |
| II week exercises | |
| III week lectures | One of the greatest mysteries of English history; Missing for 500 years!; Modal auxiliary verbs in the past |
| III week exercises | |
| IV week lectures | Spoken English; Expressions with modals |
| IV week exercises | |
| V week lectures | Reading and speaking: The amazing Vikings; The Vikings: raiders, traders and intrepid explorers |
| V week exercises | |
| VI week lectures | Its all hypothetical! Hypothesizing; Expressions with if; Word pairs; Moans and groans |
| VI week exercises | |
| VII week lectures | Broken dreams; Spoken English: Expressions with if; Vocabulary and Pronunciation – Word pairs |
| VII week exercises | |
| VIII week lectures | Mid-term exam |
| VIII week exercises | |
| IX week lectures | Everyday English: Moans and groans |
| IX week exercises | |
| X week lectures | Time flies; Articles; Determiners; Hot words – life, time; Linking and commenting |
| X week exercises | |
| XI week lectures | The pace of life; Articles and determiners; How well do you use your time? |
| XI week exercises | |
| XII week lectures | Determiners – each, every, or all |
| XII week exercises | |
| XIII week lectures | Reading and speaking; The Isle of Muck; Where time stands still |
| XIII week exercises | |
| XIV week lectures | Vocabulary and listening; Hot words – life and time |
| XIV week exercises | |
| XV week lectures | Final revision |
| XV week exercises |
| Student workload | |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 4 credits x 40/30=5 hours and 20 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 1 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =85 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =10 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 4 x 30=120 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 85 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | Students are obliged to attend lectures and to actively participate in the classes |
| Consultations | After each class |
| Literature | Liz & John Soars (2014), New Headway-Upper-intermediate : Students Book, OUP (4th edition ). Additional materials ( literary texts ; audio materials ; grammar exercises ). |
| Examination methods | Midterm - 45 points; class attendance - 5 points; final exam - 50 points. A passing grade is obtained if at least 50 points are collected. |
| Special remarks | The course is taught in English |
| Comment | - |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Philology / ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / FRENCH LANGUAGE IV
| Course: | FRENCH LANGUAGE IV/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 4531 | Izborni | 4 | 4 | 2+2+0 |
| Programs | ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE |
| Prerequisites | |
| Aims | 1. Systematic development of all language skills in the field of general French, ending with level A2.2/B1.1 of the Common European Framework for Living Languages; 2. Getting to know the terminology and structures of the general French language in written and oral communication at the A2.2/B1.1 level; 3. Acquisition of grammatical knowledge, techniques and skills necessary for understanding and translating texts and oral presentations from the field of general French language at level A2.2/B1.1. |
| Learning outcomes | After the student passes this exam, he/she will be able to: 1. Understands the general meaning of simpler authentic audio-visual or written documents in standard language and to extract important information in somewhat more complex documents. 2. Exchanges ideas and information on related topics in everyday situations. 3. Politely express attitudes, beliefs, agreement/disagreement and ask for clarification in case of possible problems in communication. 4. Uses appropriate language structures clearly connecting ideas, i.e. controls the specifics of the simple extended French sentences in terms of word order in relation to the Montenegrin language. 5. Uses appropriate language in writing different types of texts (formal and informal letter, CV, report, story, summary). |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Sonja Špadijer, assistant professor Anica Bojić, assistant |
| Methodology | A short introduction to the appropriate language content, with the greatest possible participation of students in various types of written and oral exercises; independently, in pairs, in a group; conversation. |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Contact making, start-up activities; Work on the song: “Aux Champs-Elysées” J. Dassin (oral comprehension, the text to be completed, the lexicon, oral expression); Express the past; |
| I week exercises | Exercices - Oral and written comprehension and expression exercises. |
| II week lectures | Expressing the past: the past perfect and the imperfect (reading texts; understanding past facts); |
| II week exercises | Exercices - Oral and written comprehension and expression exercises. |
| III week lectures | File 3. – Continuation (expressing the past); Talk about a country and its people; Living conditions and mentalities; Characterize by relative clauses introduced by: who, that, where (revision); |
| III week exercises | Exercices - Oral and written comprehension and expression exercises. |
| IV week lectures | File 3. – Understanding tourist information; The EN and Y pronouns of place; Demonstrative pronouns: he, those, that, those, […]; The revision of the future; |
| IV week exercises | Exercices - Oral and written comprehension and expression exercises. |
| V week lectures | File 3. Make a reservation; Justify your choice ; The gerund; |
| V week exercises | Exercices - Oral and written comprehension and expression exercises. |
| VI week lectures | File 3. Understanding a comparative study; The superlative ; Highlighting ; Talk about where you live; |
| VI week exercises | Exercices - Oral and written comprehension and expression exercises. |
| VII week lectures | Revision; Write and present your curriculum vitae; |
| VII week exercises | Exercices - Oral and written comprehension and expression exercises. |
| VIII week lectures | The mid-semester test. |
| VIII week exercises | Exercices - Oral and written comprehension and expression exercises. |
| IX week lectures | File 4. Understanding press titles; Nominalization ; |
| IX week exercises | Exercices - Oral and written comprehension and expression exercises. |
| X week lectures | File 4. Give your opinion on a program, on a subject, […]; The gender of nouns; |
| X week exercises | Exercices - Oral and written comprehension and expression exercises. |
| XI week lectures | File 4. Understanding events reported in the media; Times of the past; The agreement u participle made with the COD; |
| XI week exercises | Exercices - Oral and written comprehension and expression exercises. |
| XII week lectures | File 4. Testifying to an event; Recount events; Passive form; The revision of the future; |
| XII week exercises | Exercices - Oral and written comprehension and expression exercises. |
| XIII week lectures | File 4. Understanding the presentation of a film, critical comments; Personal pronouns COI; |
| XIII week exercises | Exercices - Oral and written comprehension and expression exercises. |
| XIV week lectures | File 4. Expressing appreciations; The revision ; |
| XIV week exercises | Exercices - Oral and written comprehension and expression exercises. |
| XV week lectures | The final exam. |
| XV week exercises | Exercices - Oral and written comprehension and expression exercises. |
| Student workload | |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 4 credits x 40/30=5 hours and 20 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 1 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =85 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =10 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 4 x 30=120 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 85 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | Students are required to attend classes, do a colloquium and a final exam. The teacher can set other obligations in the form of homework, presentations, etc. |
| Consultations | At the time agreed with the students. |
| Literature | J. Girardet, J. Pécheur, Alter Ego 2, méthode de français (Hachette); Papić, M. Gramatika francuskog jezika, Beograd, 1984; Y. Delatour, D. Jennepin, M. Leon-Dufour, A. Mattle Yeganeh, Grammaire du français (cours de civilisation française de la Sorbonne) B. Teyssier, Hachette, Paris 1991; Drašković, V. Francuski izgovor, Beograd, 1985; Grégoire M. Thiévenaz O. Grammaire progressive du français, Clé International. |
| Examination methods | Attendance: 10; Class activities/homework/presentations: 15 points; Colloquium: 25 points; Final exam: 50 points; |
| Special remarks | |
| Comment |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Philology / ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / RUSSIAN LANGUAGE IV
| Course: | RUSSIAN LANGUAGE IV/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 4534 | Izborni | 4 | 4 | 2+2+0 |
| Programs | ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE |
| Prerequisites | |
| Aims | |
| Learning outcomes | |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | |
| Methodology |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | |
| I week exercises | |
| II week lectures | |
| II week exercises | |
| III week lectures | |
| III week exercises | |
| IV week lectures | |
| IV week exercises | |
| V week lectures | |
| V week exercises | |
| VI week lectures | |
| VI week exercises | |
| VII week lectures | |
| VII week exercises | |
| VIII week lectures | |
| VIII week exercises | |
| IX week lectures | |
| IX week exercises | |
| X week lectures | |
| X week exercises | |
| XI week lectures | |
| XI week exercises | |
| XII week lectures | |
| XII week exercises | |
| XIII week lectures | |
| XIII week exercises | |
| XIV week lectures | |
| XIV week exercises | |
| XV week lectures | |
| XV week exercises |
| Student workload | |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 4 credits x 40/30=5 hours and 20 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 1 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =85 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =10 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 4 x 30=120 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 85 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | |
| Consultations | |
| Literature | |
| Examination methods | |
| Special remarks | |
| Comment |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Philology / ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / SPANISH LANGUAGE IV
| Course: | SPANISH LANGUAGE IV/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 9754 | Izborni | 4 | 4 | 2+2+0 |
| Programs | ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE |
| Prerequisites | |
| Aims | |
| Learning outcomes | |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | |
| Methodology |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | |
| I week exercises | |
| II week lectures | |
| II week exercises | |
| III week lectures | |
| III week exercises | |
| IV week lectures | |
| IV week exercises | |
| V week lectures | |
| V week exercises | |
| VI week lectures | |
| VI week exercises | |
| VII week lectures | |
| VII week exercises | |
| VIII week lectures | |
| VIII week exercises | |
| IX week lectures | |
| IX week exercises | |
| X week lectures | |
| X week exercises | |
| XI week lectures | |
| XI week exercises | |
| XII week lectures | |
| XII week exercises | |
| XIII week lectures | |
| XIII week exercises | |
| XIV week lectures | |
| XIV week exercises | |
| XV week lectures | |
| XV week exercises |
| Student workload | |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 4 credits x 40/30=5 hours and 20 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 1 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =85 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =10 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 4 x 30=120 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 85 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | |
| Consultations | |
| Literature | |
| Examination methods | |
| Special remarks | |
| Comment |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Philology / ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / GERMAN LANGUAGE IV
| Course: | GERMAN LANGUAGE IV/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 9759 | Izborni | 4 | 4 | 2+2+0 |
| Programs | ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE |
| Prerequisites | There are no prerequisites for this course. |
| Aims | To acquire the appropriate skills to understand basic categories and concepts of the modern German. |
| Learning outcomes | After students pass this exam, they will be able to: 1. Know the most frequent prepositions in German; 2. Know indifferent and different articles in dative; 3. Implement prepositions with accusative and dative in the context; 4. Understand frequent used phrases from the environments (information about family, profession, hobbies, journeys); 5. Implement acquired knowledge for the verbal description of photographs and art images. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | dr Ana Minić, mr Semra Husović |
| Methodology | Lectures. Appropriate exercises on texts. |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Konjunktion: trotzdem |
| I week exercises | Konjunktion: trotzdem |
| II week lectures | Konjunktiv II |
| II week exercises | Konjunktiv II |
| III week lectures | Mixed adjective declension |
| III week exercises | Mixed adjective declension |
| IV week lectures | Comparative and superlative, comparison particles |
| IV week exercises | Comparative and superlative, comparison particles |
| V week lectures | Preparation for the test |
| V week exercises | Test |
| VI week lectures | Passive Present |
| VI week exercises | Passive Present |
| VII week lectures | Weak adjective declension |
| VII week exercises | Weak adjective declension |
| VIII week lectures | Frageartikel: Was für ein |
| VIII week exercises | Frageartikel: Was für ein |
| IX week lectures | Local prepositions |
| IX week exercises | Local prepositions |
| X week lectures | Conjunction: therefore, word formation adjectives |
| X week exercises | Conjunction: therefore, word formation adjectives |
| XI week lectures | Strong adjective declension |
| XI week exercises | Strong adjective declension |
| XII week lectures | Preparation for the test |
| XII week exercises | Test |
| XIII week lectures | Local, modal and temporal prepositions |
| XIII week exercises | Local, modal and temporal prepositions |
| XIV week lectures | Indirect questions, verb lassen |
| XIV week exercises | Indirect questions, verb lassen |
| XV week lectures | Preparation for the final exam |
| XV week exercises | Preparation for the final exam |
| Student workload | Lectures and final exam: (5 hours 20 minutes) x 16 = 85 hours 5 minutes. Before semester (administration) 2x(5 hours 20 minutes) = 10 hours 40 minutes. Total for the coAurse 4x30=120 hours. Additional work 0 to 30 hours. Structure: 85 hours 5 minutes (lectures) + 10 hours 40 minutes (preparation) + 24 hours 15 minutes additional work) |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 4 credits x 40/30=5 hours and 20 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 1 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =85 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =10 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 4 x 30=120 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 85 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | Students are expected to attend the lectures, actively participate in classes, do homework, take tests and final exam. |
| Consultations | at the request of the student |
| Literature | Helbig, G./Buscha, J.: Deutsche Grammatik 1981, Prevoc: Đukanović, J.: Mali Duden, 1981; Hilpert, S.; Niebisch, D. ;Penning-Hiemstra, S.; Sprecht, F.; Tomaszewski A.; Reimann M.: Schritte international 4 |
| Examination methods | Grading is structured within the scale 0-100% of the mastered material, while the passing grade will be achieved with the accumulation of 51% of the total material, as follows: attendance and homework – 10 points, two tests – 20 points each, final exam |
| Special remarks | Oral final exam |
| Comment | Students will receive a plan for the implementation of the curriculum by thematic units and terms at the beginning of the semester. |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Philology / ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / ITALIAN LANGUAGE IV
| Course: | ITALIAN LANGUAGE IV/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 9756 | Obavezan | 4 | 4 | 2+2+0 |
| Programs | ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE |
| Prerequisites | There are no pre-conditions for the attendance of this course. |
| Aims | Mastering the elements of morphology, syntax and lexicology of Italian language. |
| Learning outcomes | After successfully completing this course, students will be able to: 1. Master the basics of lexicology and word formation in Italian language (prefixation). 2. Master the basics of Italian verbs morphology: recognize and use simple and complex tenses and modes of regular and most frequent irregular verbs, and also several more complex verbal constructions (implicit, periphrastic, passive). 3. Recognize and use the most frequent Italian suffixes and prefixes; recognize the most frequent evaluative (alterative) suffixes and can use them in order to form diminutives, augmentatives and pejoratives. 4. Recognize main Italian conjunctions in explicit constructions and use them properly. 5. Properly use and form adverbs. 6. Master the basic usage of prepositions and compare them with the prepositional system of their mother tongue. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Radmila Lazarević |
| Methodology | Lectures, exercises, tests, preparation for the final exam. |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | |
| I week exercises | |
| II week lectures | |
| II week exercises | |
| III week lectures | |
| III week exercises | |
| IV week lectures | |
| IV week exercises | |
| V week lectures | |
| V week exercises | |
| VI week lectures | |
| VI week exercises | |
| VII week lectures | |
| VII week exercises | |
| VIII week lectures | |
| VIII week exercises | |
| IX week lectures | |
| IX week exercises | |
| X week lectures | |
| X week exercises | |
| XI week lectures | |
| XI week exercises | |
| XII week lectures | |
| XII week exercises | |
| XIII week lectures | |
| XIII week exercises | |
| XIV week lectures | |
| XIV week exercises | |
| XV week lectures | |
| XV week exercises |
| Student workload | Lectures and final exam: (5 hours 20 minutes) x 16 = 85 hours 5 minutes. Before semester (administration) 2x(5 hours 20 minutes) = 10 hours 40 minutes. Total for the course 4x30=120 hours. Additional work 24 hours 15 minutes. Structure: 85 hours 5 min (lectures) + 10 hours 40 minutes (preparation) + 24 hours 15 minutes (additional work) = 120 hours. |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 4 credits x 40/30=5 hours and 20 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 1 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =85 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =10 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 4 x 30=120 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 85 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | Regular class attendance, homework, active participation in classes. |
| Consultations | |
| Literature | 1) Textbooks: a) Saša Moderc, Gramatika italijanskog jezika, Udruženje nastavnika italijanskog jezika Srbije, 2004; b) Mila Samardžić, Pogled na reči, Filološki fakultet, Beograd, 2011. 2) Mila Samardžić, Vježbe iz leksikologije (exercises); 3) a monolingual Italian dictionary |
| Examination methods | Active participation in classes (attendance, homework, getting involved in class discussions) 4 points, mid-term test 36 points. Final exam 60 points. The student must accumulate 50 points during the semester to pass the exam. |
| Special remarks | |
| Comment | This course is now included in the Course of Italian Language 4 - Lexicology 2. Therefore, the same program applies to the courses Italian Language 4 and Italian Language IV. |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Philology / ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / ITALIAN LANGUAGE 4 - LEXICOLOGY 2
| Course: | ITALIAN LANGUAGE 4 - LEXICOLOGY 2/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 10350 | Obavezan | 4 | 5 | 2+2+0 |
| Programs | ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE |
| Prerequisites | |
| Aims | |
| Learning outcomes | After successfully completing this course, students will be able to: 1. Master the basics of lexicology and word formation in Italian language (suffixation, compounding) 2. Recognize and properly use the most frequent Italian suffixes 3. Recognize the most frequent types of Italian compounds and change them properly from singular to plural and vice versa |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Radmila Lazarević, PhD, Assistant Professor; Hajdana Vujanović, MA, senior lecturer |
| Methodology |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Word compounding |
| I week exercises | |
| II week lectures | Types of compounds I |
| II week exercises | |
| III week lectures | Types of compounds II |
| III week exercises | |
| IV week lectures | Suffixation. Derivation of nouns by suffixation |
| IV week exercises | |
| V week lectures | Derivation of agent nouns |
| V week exercises | |
| VI week lectures | Derivation of instrument and place nouns |
| VI week exercises | |
| VII week lectures | Derivation of collective nouns |
| VII week exercises | |
| VIII week lectures | Derivation of abstract nouns |
| VIII week exercises | |
| IX week lectures | Derivation of verbal nouns |
| IX week exercises | |
| X week lectures | Derivation of adjectives by suffixation: deriving adjectives from nouns |
| X week exercises | |
| XI week lectures | Deriving adjectives from adjectives and verbs |
| XI week exercises | |
| XII week lectures | Mid-term test |
| XII week exercises | Analysis of mid-term test results |
| XIII week lectures | Derivation of ethnic nouns and adjectives I |
| XIII week exercises | |
| XIV week lectures | Derivation of ethnic nouns and adjectives II |
| XIV week exercises | |
| XV week lectures | Derivation of verbs by suffixation |
| XV week exercises | Preparation for the final exam |
| Student workload | |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 5 credits x 40/30=6 hours and 40 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
6 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =106 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 6 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =13 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 5 x 30=150 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 30 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 106 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 13 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 30 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | |
| Consultations | |
| Literature | Saša Moderc, Gramatika italijanskog jezika, Luna crescens, 2015; 2. Mila Samardžić, Pogled na reči, Filološki fakultet, Beograd, 2011. 3. Mila Samardžić, Vježbe iz leksikologije (exercises); 4. A. De Giuli, C, Guastalla, C. M. Naddeo, Nuovo Magari B2. Alma Edizioni, Firenze, 2013. 5. A monolingual Italian dictionary |
| Examination methods | Active participation in classes (attendance, homework, getting involved in class discussions) 4 points, mid-term test 36 points. Final exam 60 points. The student must accumulate 50 points during the semester to pass the exam. |
| Special remarks | |
| Comment |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Philology / ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / ITALIAN LITERATURE 4 - ROMANTICISM, REALISM AND MODERN AND CONTEMPORARY LITERATURE
| Course: | ITALIAN LITERATURE 4 - ROMANTICISM, REALISM AND MODERN AND CONTEMPORARY LITERATURE/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 10351 | Obavezan | 4 | 5 | 2+2+0 |
| Programs | ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE |
| Prerequisites | |
| Aims | Acquainting the students with the major trends and literary movements in Italy in XIX and XX century, and with leading literary figures and their most representative works. |
| Learning outcomes | After successfully completing the course, the student will be able to: 1. Describe the poetic and genre features of Italian Romanticism, Realism, Modernism and Postmodernism; 2. Categorize the works of Italian literature dating from XVIII, XIX and XX century by literary periods and genres; 3. Present the most important authors of Italian literature in XVIII, XIX and XX century and their works. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Olivera Popović, PhD Desanka Jauković, M. A. |
| Methodology |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Romanticism: periodization and characteristics |
| I week exercises | Seminar papers assignment |
| II week lectures | A. Manzoni |
| II week exercises | Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected fragments from I Promessi sposi |
| III week lectures | G. Leopardi |
| III week exercises | Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected fragments from Canti |
| IV week lectures | Naturalism and verismo in Italian literature: G. Verga |
| IV week exercises | Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected fragments from I Malavoglia |
| V week lectures | Decadetism and symbolism : G. Carducci , G. Pascoli |
| V week exercises | Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected fragments from Odi barbare and Myricae |
| VI week lectures | G. DAnnunzio |
| VI week exercises | Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected fragments from Poema paradisiaco and Alcyone |
| VII week lectures | Mid-term exam |
| VII week exercises | Detailed analysis of the results of the mid-term exam |
| VIII week lectures | Avant-garde, futurism and crepuscolarism |
| VIII week exercises | Student presentations on assigned topics (Romanticism, Italian Romanticism in the European context). |
| IX week lectures | L. Pirandello |
| IX week exercises | Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected fragments from Il fu Mattia Pascal |
| X week lectures | Literature between two world wars |
| X week exercises | Student presentations on assigned topics (theory of the oyster in verismo, Futurist literature). |
| XI week lectures | Italian poetry in the first half of XX century: G. Ungaretti, E. Montale, U. Saba |
| XI week exercises | Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected fragments from Allegria |
| XII week lectures | Italian prose at the end of XIX and in the first half of XX century: I. Svevo, A. Moravia |
| XII week exercises | Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected fragments from Racconti romani |
| XIII week lectures | Neorealism in Italian literature |
| XIII week exercises | Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected fragments from Conversazioni in Sicilia |
| XIV week lectures | I. Calvino |
| XIV week exercises | Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected fragments from Gli amori difficili |
| XV week lectures | Mid-term exam |
| XV week exercises | Detailed analysis of the results of the mid-term exam |
| Student workload | WEEKLY 5 credits x 40/30 = 6 hours 40 min Structure: 4 hours of lectures 4 hours 40 min of independent work PER SEMESTER Class attendance and final exams: (6 hours 40 min) x 16 = 106 hours 40 min Necessary preparations before the beginning of the semester (administration, enrolment, verification) 2 x (6 hours 40 min) = 13 hours 20 min Total: 5x30 = 150 hours Additional work for the preparation of the make-up exam: 0 to 30 hours Structure: 106 hours 40 min (classes) + 13 hours 20 min (preparation) + 30 hours (additional work) |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 5 credits x 40/30=6 hours and 40 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
6 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =106 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 6 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =13 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 5 x 30=150 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 30 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 106 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 13 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 30 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | Students are obliged to attend lectures and seminars regularly, to actively participate in the classes, to do homework and take the tests and exams |
| Consultations | Friday: 9.00 - 10.00 |
| Literature | Feroni Đ., Istorija italijanske književnosti, CID, Podgorica 2005; Čale F.-Zorić M., Talijanska književnost, Povijest svjetske književnosti, knj. 4, Mladost, Zagreb 1974; Casadei A.–Santagata M., Manuale di letteratura italiana contemporanea, Laterza, Roma 2007; Fire F. (ur.) Likovi romantizma, CLIO, Beograd, 2009. |
| Examination methods | Attendance: 2 points; activity during classes, preparation and presentation of tasks assigned : 8 points; mid-term exam: 2x20 points; final exam 50 points. Grading is structured within the scale 0-100% of the mastered material, while the passing grade will be achieved with the accumulation of 51% of the total material. E: 51 – 59 D: 60 – 69 C: 70 – 79 B: 80 – 89 A: 90 – 100 |
| Special remarks | |
| Comment |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Philology / ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / ITALIAN LITERATURE IV
| Course: | ITALIAN LITERATURE IV/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 1810 | Obavezan | 4 | 6 | 2+2+0 |
| Programs | ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE |
| Prerequisites | There are no pre-conditions for the attendance of this course. |
| Aims | Acquainting the students with the major trends and literary movements in Italy in XIX and XX century, and with leading literary figures and their most representative works. |
| Learning outcomes | After successfully completing the course, the student will be able to: 1. Describe the poetic and genre features of Italian Romanticism, Realism, Modernism and Postmodernism; 2. Categorize the works of Italian literature dating from XVIII, XIX and XX century by literary periods and genres; 3. Present the most important authors of Italian literature in XVIII, XIX and XX century and their works. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | professor: Olivara Popović, M.A.; assistant: Sanja Bogojević, M.A. |
| Methodology | Lectures, seminars, homework, text analysis, required reading, consultations |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Romanticism: periodization and characteristics |
| I week exercises | Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected fragments |
| II week lectures | A. Manzoni |
| II week exercises | Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected fragments |
| III week lectures | G. Leopardi |
| III week exercises | Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected fragments |
| IV week lectures | Naturalism and verismo in Italian literature: G. Verga |
| IV week exercises | Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected fragments |
| V week lectures | Decadetism and symbolism : G. Carducci , G. Pascoli |
| V week exercises | Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected fragments |
| VI week lectures | G. D'Annunzio |
| VI week exercises | Summary and preparation for the mid-term exam |
| VII week lectures | Mid-term exam |
| VII week exercises | Detailed analysis of mid-term exam |
| VIII week lectures | Period of avant-guard, futurism and crepuscolarism |
| VIII week exercises | Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected fragments |
| IX week lectures | L. Pirandello |
| IX week exercises | Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected fragments |
| X week lectures | Literature between two world wars |
| X week exercises | Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected fragments |
| XI week lectures | Italian poetry in the first half of XX century: G. Ungaretti, E. Montale, U. Saba |
| XI week exercises | Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected fragments |
| XII week lectures | Italian prose at the end of XIX and in the first half of XX century: I. Svevo, A. Moravia |
| XII week exercises | Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected fragments |
| XIII week lectures | Neorealism in Italian literature |
| XIII week exercises | Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected fragments |
| XIV week lectures | I. Calvino |
| XIV week exercises | Summary and preparation for the mid-term exam |
| XV week lectures | Mid-term exam |
| XV week exercises | Detailed analysis of mid-term exam |
| Student workload | WEEKLY 6 credits x 40/30 = 8 hours Structure: 4 hours of lectures 4 hours of independent work including office hours. PER SEMESTER Class attendance and final exams: (8 hours) x 16 = 128 hours Neccessary preparations before the beginning of the semester (administration, enrolment, verification) 2 x (8 hours) = 16 hours Total: 6x30 = 180 hours Additional work for the preparation of the make-up exam: 0 to 36 hours Structure: 128 hours (classes) + 16 hours (preparation) + 36 hours (additional work) |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 6 credits x 40/30=8 hours and 0 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 4 hour(s) i 0 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
8 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =128 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 8 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =16 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 6 x 30=180 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 36 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 128 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 16 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 36 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | Students are obliged to attend lectures and seminars regularly, to actively participate in the classes, to do homework and take the tests and exams |
| Consultations | Thursdays and Fridays: 09.00 - 10.00 |
| Literature | Đulio Feroni, Istorija italijanske književnosti, CID, Podgorica 2005; F. Čale-M. Zorić, Talijanska književnost, Povijest svjetske književnosti, Mladost, Zagreb 1974, knj. 4; A. Casadei – M. Santagata, Manuale di letteratura italiana medievale e moderna, |
| Examination methods | Attendance: 2 points; activity during classes, preparation and presentation of tasks assigned : 8 points; mid-term exam: 2x20 points; final exam 50 points. Grading is structured within the scale 0-100% of the mastered material, while the passing grade wil |
| Special remarks | |
| Comment |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Philology / ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / CONTEMPORARY ITALIAN LANGUAGE 4 - B1.2 LEVEL
| Course: | CONTEMPORARY ITALIAN LANGUAGE 4 - B1.2 LEVEL/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 10353 | Obavezan | 4 | 10 | 2+8+0 |
| Programs | ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE |
| Prerequisites | |
| Aims | The course aims to improve basic language skills (listening, reading, writing and speaking), improve integrated language skills, and deepen the knowledge of Italian Grammar. |
| Learning outcomes | After successfully completing this course, students will be able to: 1. Understand the main points of much information on the radio and TV on familiar matters. 2. Understand the main points of a text written in standard Italian (simpler newspaper articles, passages from modern Italian literature, etc.) 3. Produce simple and concise text on familiar topics, or topics elaborated in class. 4. Recount an event, or substance of a simpler text, using simple terms. 5. Have a conversation on simpler topics (family, profession, hobby, etc.) |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Radmila Lazarević, PhD, Assistant Professor; Vera Tomanović, MA, senior lecturer; Hajdana Vujanović, MA, senior lecturer; Vincenza Leone, PhD, lecturer |
| Methodology |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Unità 5: Società. Casa |
| I week exercises | La posizione dell’aggettivo (parte 1): l’aggettivo qualificativo; gli aggettivi relazionali |
| II week lectures | Unità 5: Società. Casa |
| II week exercises | Comparazione di maggioranza e di minoranza |
| III week lectures | Unità 5: Società. Casa |
| III week exercises | Collocazioni con i verbi giungere, fissare, porre..; insiemi lessicali (ambito semantico abitativo) |
| IV week lectures | Unità 6: Arti. Arte contemporanea |
| IV week exercises | "ma" di limitazione e negazione; costruzione esplicita ed implicita |
| V week lectures | Unità 6: Arti. Arte contemporanea |
| V week exercises | La frase scissa; i numerali |
| VI week lectures | Unità 6: Arti. Arte contemporanea |
| VI week exercises | I segnali discorsivi "come dire", "insomma"; congiuntivo e indicativo; si impersonale |
| VII week lectures | Unità 7: Società. Psicologia |
| VII week exercises | Frase principale e secondaria; il congiuntivo presente; il congiuntivo in frasi secondarie |
| VIII week lectures | Unità 7: Società. Psicologia |
| VIII week exercises | La posizione dell’aggettivo (parte 2): l’aggettivo letterale figurato; un nome con due o più aggettivi |
| IX week lectures | Unità 7: Società. Psicologia |
| IX week exercises | Lessico della psicologia; imperativo |
| X week lectures | Unità 8: Lingua. Maschio – Femmina |
| X week exercises | Il congiuntivo imperfetto; usi del congiuntivo in frasi indipendenti; periodo ipotetico (ripasso) |
| XI week lectures | Mid-term test |
| XI week exercises | Analysis of mid-term test results |
| XII week lectures | Unità 8: Lingua. Maschio – Femmina |
| XII week exercises | Pronomi atoni e tonici; forme implicite |
| XIII week lectures | Unità 9: Arti. Giallo italiano |
| XIII week exercises | Passato (parte 3): il trapassato prossimo; i modi indefiniti |
| XIV week lectures | Unità 9: Arti. Giallo italiano |
| XIV week exercises | L’uso dei sintagmi "capace di", "fino a", "a cavallo tra"… |
| XV week lectures | Unità 9: Arti. Giallo italiano |
| XV week exercises | Recapitulation and preparation for the final exam |
| Student workload | |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 10 credits x 40/30=13 hours and 20 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 8 excercises 3 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
13 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =213 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 13 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =26 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 10 x 30=300 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 60 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 213 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 26 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 60 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | |
| Consultations | |
| Literature | 1. Saša Moderc, Gramatika italijanskog jezika. Luna crescens, Beograd, 2015. 2. A. De Giuli, C. Guastalla, C. M. Naddeo, Nuovo Magari B2. Alma Edizioni, Firenze, 2013. 3. A monolingual Italian dictionary |
| Examination methods | Active participation in classes (attendance, homework, getting involved in class discussions) 5 points, mid-term test 35 points. Final exam 60 points. The student is required to pass each part of the final exam and earn a minimum of 50 points throughout the semester. |
| Special remarks | |
| Comment |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Philology / ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / RUSSIAN LANGUAGE 5
| Course: | RUSSIAN LANGUAGE 5/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 11271 | Izborni | 5 | 4 | 2+2+0 |
| Programs | ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE |
| Prerequisites | |
| Aims | |
| Learning outcomes | |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | |
| Methodology |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | |
| I week exercises | |
| II week lectures | |
| II week exercises | |
| III week lectures | |
| III week exercises | |
| IV week lectures | |
| IV week exercises | |
| V week lectures | |
| V week exercises | |
| VI week lectures | |
| VI week exercises | |
| VII week lectures | |
| VII week exercises | |
| VIII week lectures | |
| VIII week exercises | |
| IX week lectures | |
| IX week exercises | |
| X week lectures | |
| X week exercises | |
| XI week lectures | |
| XI week exercises | |
| XII week lectures | |
| XII week exercises | |
| XIII week lectures | |
| XIII week exercises | |
| XIV week lectures | |
| XIV week exercises | |
| XV week lectures | |
| XV week exercises |
| Student workload | |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 4 credits x 40/30=5 hours and 20 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 1 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =85 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =10 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 4 x 30=120 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 85 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | |
| Consultations | |
| Literature | |
| Examination methods | |
| Special remarks | |
| Comment |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Philology / ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / GERMAN LANGUAGE 5
| Course: | GERMAN LANGUAGE 5/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 11274 | Izborni | 5 | 4 | 2+2+0 |
| Programs | ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE |
| Prerequisites | None. |
| Aims | Course Learning objectives: 1. Systematic development of all language skills in the field of German at the B1.1 level of the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages; 2. Introduction to professional terminology and narrowly-specific structures in the field of German at the B1.1 level in written and oral communication; 3. Acquisition of grammatical knowledge, techniques and skills necessary for understanding and translating professional texts as well as for oral presentations and translations on topics in the field of German at the B1.1 level. |
| Learning outcomes | By the end of this course a student will be able to: 1. Demonstrate high levels of communicative competence in (vocational) German at the B1.1 level of the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages; 2. Use standard language norms at the B1.1 level of German in written and oral communication; 3. Apply advanced grammar knowledge and specialised techniques and skills of written and oral translation and translate texts from German and into German; 4. Analyse the written or spoken text in detail and comprehensively and recognize key ideas and implicit meaning; 5. Discuss topics on general theoretical and practical knowledge. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Sabina Osmanović, Assistant Professor; MA Semra Husović |
| Methodology | Lectures and exercises. |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Lektion 1: Glück im Alltag über Vergangenes berichten; Zeitungsmeldungen verstehen/schreiben; über Erinnerungen aus Kindheit berichten; Präteritum, Konjunktion als; über Glücksmomente berichten; ein Radiointerview verstehen; über Erlebnisse in der Vergangenheit sprechen; über Glücksbringer sprechen; Plusquamperfekt |
| I week exercises | Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien |
| II week lectures | Lektion 2: Unterhaltung über Serien sprechen: Meinungen und Vorlieben ausdrücken; Gegensätze ausdrücken; Konjunktion obwohl; Gradpartikeln; Eigenschaften von Dingen und Personen beschreiben; in einer Diskussion einen Konsens finden; eine Statistik zum Thema verfassen; Relativpronomen der, die, das und Relativsatz |
| II week exercises | Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien |
| III week lectures | Lektion 3: Gesund bleiben Über Gesundheitstipps sprechen; Untersuchung beim Arzt; Vorgänge beschreiben; Fitnessübungen beschreiben und machen; Passiv Präsens mit Modalverben; Genitiv mit definitivem und indefinitem Artikel |
| III week exercises | Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien |
| IV week lectures | Lektion 3: Gesund bleiben einen Rat suchen; einen Ratschlag/eine Empfehlung geben; eine Kursstatistik erstellen und darüber sprechen; einen Forumsbeitrag verstehen und Tipps geben; Vermutungen austauschen; über Thesen diskutieren; |
| IV week exercises | Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien |
| V week lectures | über Irreales sprechen; höflich absagen; eine Radiosendung zum Thema Fremdsprachen lernen verstehen; Konjunktiv II: irreale Bedingungen mit wenn; Präposition; wegen + Genitiv |
| V week exercises | Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien |
| VI week lectures | höflich nachfragen; Tipps verstehen und zuordnen; Lerntipps geben; einen Text zum Thema Mehrsprachigkeit verstehen; über die eigene(n) Sprache(n) sprechen |
| VI week exercises | Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien |
| VII week lectures | Midterm exam. |
| VII week exercises | Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien |
| VIII week lectures | Lektion 5: Eine Arbeit finden Stellenanzeigen verstehen; eine Bewerbung schreiben; ein Bewerbungsgespräch führen; Infinitiv mit zu; Temporale Präpositionen (während, außerhalb; innerhalb) + Genitiv |
| VIII week exercises | Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien |
| IX week lectures | Make up exam. |
| IX week exercises | Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien |
| X week lectures | Lektion 5: Eine Arbeit finden über Berufswünsche und –interessen sprechen; Techniken verstehen und selbst anwenden |
| X week exercises | Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien |
| XI week lectures | Lektion 6: Dienstleistung Texte über Geschäftsideen verstehen; über Geschäftsideen sprechen; über Kenntnisse und Kompetenzen im Beruf sprechen; Verben und Ausdrücke mit es; Konjunktionen um … zu + Infinitiv und damit |
| XI week exercises | Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien |
| XII week lectures | Ratschläge für Probleme im Arbeitsalltag geben; ein Kundengespräch im Geschäft führen; eine Beschwerde schreiben; Konjunktion statt/ohne … zu + Infinitiv |
| XII week exercises | Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien |
| XIII week lectures | Lektion 7: Rund ums Wohnen Probleme beim Zusammenleben; eine Hausordnung verstehen und schreiben; Konflikte mit Nachbarn lösen; Kritik höflich formulieren und höflich auf Kritik reagieren; Zweiteilige Konjunktionen: nicht nur… sondern auch, zwar… aber, entweder… oder; Konjunktiv II der Vergangenheit: Konjugation, irreale Wünsche |
| XIII week exercises | Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien |
| XIV week lectures | Lektion 7: Rund ums Wohnen über die eigene Wohnsituation schreiben; einen Text und ein Interview zum Thema Fernbeziehungen verstehen; über Beziehungen sprechen; Wiederholung: Verben mit Präpositionen; Präposition trotz + Genitiv |
| XIV week exercises | Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien |
| XV week lectures | Vorbereitung auf die Abschlussprüfung |
| XV week exercises | Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien |
| Student workload | |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 4 credits x 40/30=5 hours and 20 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 1 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =85 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =10 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 4 x 30=120 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 85 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | Students are obliged to attend lectures, engage actively in class activities, complete all assignments, including tests and mid-term exams, as well as the final exam. |
| Consultations | Mondays and per e-mail. |
| Literature | Schritte international Neu 5 (B1.1). Deutsch als Fremdsprache Kurs und Arbeitsbuch mit Audio-CDs., 2020 (Lektion 1-7) (coursebook and workbook) |
| Examination methods | The assessment includes class attendance, active participation, homework, midterms, and the final exam. |
| Special remarks | |
| Comment | At the start of the semester, students will receive a detailed weekly course outline, including materials and assignments. |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Philology / ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / ENGLISH LANGUAGE 5
| Course: | ENGLISH LANGUAGE 5/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 11760 | Izborni | 5 | 4 | 2+2+0 |
| Programs | ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE |
| Prerequisites | There are no prerequisites for taking this course. |
| Aims | To prepare students to independently use professional literature in English for their own profession and self-education. |
| Learning outcomes | After passing this exam, a student will be able to: 1. Demonstrate reading and comprehension skills of the written text at the C1.1 language level of the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages. 2. Demonstrate listening and comprehension skills of the spoken text at the C1.1 language level of the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages. 3. Write shorter, clear and understandable forms of the written text (CV, shorter reports on given situations, essays), following the rules on text organization, at the C1.1 language level of the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages. 4. To correctly use the grammatical and lexical units included in the English Language V syllabus in spoken and written discourse in accordance with the targeted level of knowledge of the English language. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Sandra Vukasojević, assistant professor; Spomenka Nikolić, lecturer |
| Methodology | Lectures and discussions. Writing an essay on a given topic chosen from the course content. Learning the language to pass tests and the final exam. Consultations. |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Introducing students to the course syllabus and literature that will be used during the course. |
| I week exercises | Introducing students to the materials that will be covered in tutorials. |
| II week lectures | Reading the text "What makes us human?" The History of English – origins of English words; Key terms in historical linguistics |
| II week exercises | Vocabulary practice: synonyms and expressions with reflexives; terms in historical linguistics |
| III week lectures | Enough is enough - infinitive or -ing form? Workbook - Unit 1. "Where did the English language come from" - reading |
| III week exercises | In so many words - adverbs and adjectives. Phrasal verbs; expressions with word. Workbook - Unit 2. |
| IV week lectures | Describing trends. Phrasal verbs with up and down. History of languages and its significance for language studies |
| IV week exercises | Tenses - active vs passive constructions; passive with reporting verbs |
| V week lectures | Narrative paragraph; Chronological discourse markers; Sequencing the past tenses |
| V week exercises | Writing a narrative paragraph using chronological discourse markers |
| VI week lectures | Reading the text "How Shakespeare changed the English language" and discussion; words, phrases and idioms |
| VI week exercises | Sequence of tenses – practice; the formation of nouns, verbs and adjectives - morphological practice |
| VII week lectures | Listening and speaking: "limits to growth (economic growth, population growth, etc.)". Modal auxiliary verbs for speculation |
| VII week exercises | Vocabulary practice - the text "Why do people discriminate against speakers with foreign accents"; collocations |
| VIII week lectures | Test |
| VIII week exercises | Workbook - Unit 3 |
| IX week lectures | Language focus - modal verbs: other meanings. Reading and speaking: the mystic and the skeptic. Vocabulary: idiomatic collocations. |
| IX week exercises | Workbook - Unit 4. A literary text translation. |
| X week lectures | Linguistics and its branches. Linguistic vocabulary. The use of articles (definite vs indefinite) - rules and practice |
| X week exercises | Linguistic typology; Classification of languages; The distinction between synthetic and analytic languages |
| XI week lectures | Culture clashes: avoiding repetitions. Speaking: nationalities and stereotypes. Listening and speaking: British vs American English; examples and practicing |
| XI week exercises | Classification paragraph; the paragraph structure and useful words / phrases. Workbook - Unit 5 |
| XII week lectures | Fruits of war. Listening and speaking: peace and goodwill. Nouns formed from phrasal verbs |
| XII week exercises | Workbook - Unit 6 |
| XIII week lectures | End-of-term exam - preparation |
| XIII week exercises | End-of-term exam |
| XIV week lectures | Final exam - preparation; Reading 1: "George Lakoff" |
| XIV week exercises | Make-up end-of-term exam |
| XV week lectures | Final exam |
| XV week exercises |
| Student workload | Weekly - 4 credits x 40/30 = 5 h 20 min, 2 hours of lectures and tutorials, 1h 20 min of individual work Per semester - Class attendance and final exam: 16 x5h 20 min = 85h 5 min Necessary preparation: 2 x5h 20 min = 10 h 40 min Total for the course: 4 x 30 = 120 hours Additional work: 24 h 15 min Structure: 85h 5 min (classes) 10h 40 min (preparation) 24h 15 min (additional work) = 120 hours |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 4 credits x 40/30=5 hours and 20 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 1 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =85 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =10 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 4 x 30=120 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 85 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | Students are obliged to attend the lectures and tutorials, prepare for and actively participate in the classes, do their homework. |
| Consultations | Tuesday: 13.20-14.00 |
| Literature | Liz & John Soars (2015), New Headway - Advanced: Students book, OUP (Fourth edition). Liz & John Soars (2015), New Headway Workbook - Advanced, OUP (Fourth edition). Milica Vuković Stamatović and Petar Božović (2023), Reflame your English for Language and Literary Studies, Faculty of Philology, University of Montenegro. Additional materials (Literary and non-literary texts, audio materials, grammar exercises). |
| Examination methods | - test - 20 points - one end-of-term exam – total of 45 points - active participation in class - 2 points - final exam 33 points The passing grade will be achieved with the accumulation of 50% of the total material. |
| Special remarks | Classes are taught in English and Montenegrin. |
| Comment | Students will be given the course syllabus at the beginning of the fall semester (1st week). |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Philology / ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / ITALIAN LANGUAGE V
| Course: | ITALIAN LANGUAGE V/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 3696 | Obavezan | 5 | 4 | 2+2+0 |
| Programs | ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE |
| Prerequisites | There are no pre-conditions for the attendance of this course |
| Aims | Mastering the elements of syntax of the Italian language - syntax of the simple sentence |
| Learning outcomes | After completing the course and passing the exam, the student will be able to: 1. Define the concept of syntax, as well as the basic concepts of syntax of Italian simple sentence. 2. Define and use properly main constituents of a simple clause as well as its complements. 3. Define and use various types of Italian independent clauses, with appropriate selection and usage of tense and mood. 4. Recognize the above-mentioned syntactic elements and phenomena in the written text – analyze Italian simple sentence. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Deja Piletić |
| Methodology | Lectures, exercises, test, midterm exam, preparation for the final exam |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Introducing students to course syllabus, materials and literature that will be used during the course; introducing the concept of syntax; defining syntax and morphology; defining syntax of the Italian simple sentence |
| I week exercises | Grammatical analysis of simple sentence; identifying the difference between grammatical and logical analysis of simple sentence |
| II week lectures | The main constituents of the Italian simple sentence - il soggetto; il predicato |
| II week exercises | Identifying subject and predicate in a simple clause; recognition of various types of subject and predicate; contrastive notes |
| III week lectures | The basic elements of the Italian simple sentence - l'attributo; l'apposizione |
| III week exercises | Identifying the basic elements of the Italian simple sentence; contrastive notes |
| IV week lectures | Complements - i complementi: c. oggetto diretto, c. oggetto partitivo, c. predicativo del soggetto, c. predicativo dell'oggetto |
| IV week exercises | Introduction to the logical analysis of a simple sentence; Identifying all the above-mentioned sentence constituents and complements in a simple sentence; contrastive notes |
| V week lectures | Complements: c. di termine; c. d’agente e di causa efficiente; c. di specificazione; c. di denominazione; c. partitivo |
| V week exercises | Logical analysis of a simple sentence; contrastive notes |
| VI week lectures | Test |
| VI week exercises | Analysis of the test results |
| VII week lectures | Complements: c. di causa; c. di fine o scopo; c. di compagnia e di unione; c. di mezzo o strumento; c. di modo o maniera |
| VII week exercises | Logical analysis of a simple sentence; contrastive notes |
| VIII week lectures | Complements: c. di stato in luogo; c. di moto a luogo; c. di moto da luogo, c. di moto per luogo |
| VIII week exercises | Logical analysis of a simple sentence; contrastive notes |
| IX week lectures | Complements: c. di allontanamento o separazione; c. di luogo figurato; c. di origine o provenienza |
| IX week exercises | Logical analysis of a simple sentence; contrastive notes |
| X week lectures | Complements: c. di tempo determinato; c. di tempo continuato; c. di età; c. di limitazione; c. di argomento; c. di paragone |
| X week exercises | Logical analysis of a simple sentence; contrastive notes |
| XI week lectures | Midterm exame |
| XI week exercises | Analysis of the midterm exame results |
| XII week lectures | Complements: c. di qualità; c. di materia; c. di peso o misura; c. di abbondanza e di privazione; c. di estensione; c. di distanza |
| XII week exercises | Logical analysis of a simple sentence; contrastive notes |
| XIII week lectures | Complements: c. di stima; c. di prezzo; c. di colpa; c. di pena; c. di vantaggio; c. di svantaggio; c. distributivo; c .di eclusione; c. di sostituzione o scambio; c. concessivo |
| XIII week exercises | Logical analysis of a simple sentence; contrastive notes |
| XIV week lectures | Various types of the Italian independent clauses (le proposizioni indipendenti): p. enunciativa; p. interrogativa; p. esclamativa; p. volitiva; p. desiderativa |
| XIV week exercises | Identifying and creating various types of independent clauses with appropriate selection and usage of tenses and moods |
| XV week lectures | Preparation for the final exam: recapitulation- logical analysis of various types of simple, indipendent clauses |
| XV week exercises | Preparation for the final exam: recapitulation- logical analysis of various types of simple, indipendent clauses |
| Student workload | Lectures and final exam: (5 hours 20 minutes) x 16 = 85 hours 5 minutes. Before semester (administration) 2x(5 hours 20 minutes) = 10 hours 40 minutes. Total for the course 4x30=120 hours. Additional work 24 hours 15 minutes. Structure: 85 hours 5 min (lectures) + 10 hours 40 minutes (preparation) + 24 hours 15 minutes (additional work) = 120 hours |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 4 credits x 40/30=5 hours and 20 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 1 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =85 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =10 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 4 x 30=120 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 85 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | Regular class attendance, homework, active participation in classes |
| Consultations | Wednesdays 15:00-17:00 |
| Literature | 1) Sensini, M. – Le forme della lingua 1 (La grammatica e la scrittura); 2) Serianni, L, Della Valle, V. et al. Lingua Comune, la grammatica e il testo; 3) Dardano, M., Trifone, P. - Grammatica italiana 4)Samardžić Mila, Od rečenice do teksta. Uvod u s |
| Examination methods | Active participation in classes (attendance, homework, getting involved in class discussions) 5 points, mid-term test 35 points, lexicology test 10 points. Final exam 50 points. The student must accumulate 51 points during the semester to pass the exam. |
| Special remarks | |
| Comment |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Philology / ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / BASICS OF TRANSLATION 1
| Course: | BASICS OF TRANSLATION 1/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 11215 | Obavezan | 5 | 5 | 2+2+0 |
| Programs | ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE |
| Prerequisites | |
| Aims | |
| Learning outcomes | |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | |
| Methodology |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | |
| I week exercises | |
| II week lectures | |
| II week exercises | |
| III week lectures | |
| III week exercises | |
| IV week lectures | |
| IV week exercises | |
| V week lectures | |
| V week exercises | |
| VI week lectures | |
| VI week exercises | |
| VII week lectures | |
| VII week exercises | |
| VIII week lectures | |
| VIII week exercises | |
| IX week lectures | |
| IX week exercises | |
| X week lectures | |
| X week exercises | |
| XI week lectures | |
| XI week exercises | |
| XII week lectures | |
| XII week exercises | |
| XIII week lectures | |
| XIII week exercises | |
| XIV week lectures | |
| XIV week exercises | |
| XV week lectures | |
| XV week exercises |
| Student workload | |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 5 credits x 40/30=6 hours and 40 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
6 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =106 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 6 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =13 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 5 x 30=150 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 30 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 106 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 13 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 30 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | |
| Consultations | |
| Literature | |
| Examination methods | |
| Special remarks | |
| Comment |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Philology / ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / BASICS OF TRANSLATION 1
| Course: | BASICS OF TRANSLATION 1/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 10410 | Obavezan | 5 | 5 | 2+2+0 |
| Programs | ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE |
| Prerequisites | / |
| Aims | The aim of the course is to develop the students awareness of the essence and importance of translation and translation communication in general, to instruct him in the basic procedures in the process of written translation from Italian to BCMS languages and vice versa, and to familiarize him with the basics of translation competence. |
| Learning outcomes | After completing the course and passing the exam, the student will be able to: 1. define the essence of translation communication and the translation process. 2. recognize a translation problem in written translation from Italian or into the Italian language. 3. apply the basic procedures in the process of translating texts of appropriate difficulty (level B1.2/ B2.1) from Italian and into the Italian language and produce an adequate, i.e. correct translation of a certain type of text from Italian and into the Italian language (petition, complaint, official announcement , recommendation, motivational letter, business letter, newspaper text, simpler literary text). 4. independently and adequately uses monolingual and bilingual dictionaries and online resources as instruments of the translation process. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Deja Piletić, PhD, Assistant professor Hajdana Vujanović, MA, Senior lecturer |
| Methodology | Interactive, practical |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Introduction – defining translation and translation studies. Forms and types of translation |
| I week exercises | Concept of polysemy; functional styles; importance and various aspects ot the use of dictionary... |
| II week lectures | The concept of equivalence in translation; functional equivalence |
| II week exercises | Translation exercises; texts analysis |
| III week lectures | The notion of translatability; literal and free translation - equivalence and adequacy |
| III week exercises | Translation exercises; texts analysis |
| IV week lectures | Translation and teaching of foreign languages vs. translation and translation didactics |
| IV week exercises | Translation exercises; texts analysis |
| V week lectures | The concept of translation competence; translation sub-competencies |
| V week exercises | Translation exercises; texts analysis |
| VI week lectures | Linguistic and non-linguistic sub-competence |
| VI week exercises | Translation exercises; texts analysis |
| VII week lectures | Instrumental sub-competence: use of dictionaries and other translation aids |
| VII week exercises | Translation exercises; texts analysis |
| VIII week lectures | Strategic sub-competence |
| VIII week exercises | Translation exercises; texts analysis |
| IX week lectures | Midterm exam |
| IX week exercises | Analysis of the results of the midterm exam |
| X week lectures | Basic procedures in the translation process |
| X week exercises | Translation exercises; texts analysis |
| XI week lectures | Analysis of the source text and the translation context in order to determining the translation strategy |
| XI week exercises | Translation exercises; texts analysis |
| XII week lectures | Identifying the translation problem and overcoming it; translation procedures |
| XII week exercises | Translation exercises; texts analysis |
| XIII week lectures | Identifying the translation problem and overcoming it; translation procedures |
| XIII week exercises | Translation exercises; texts analysis |
| XIV week lectures | Revision and evaluation of the target texts; language and translation errors – incorrect vs. inadequate translation |
| XIV week exercises | Translation exercises; texts analysis |
| XV week lectures | Revision and evaluation of the target texts; language and translation errors – incorrect vs. inadequate translation |
| XV week exercises | Remedial midterm exam |
| Student workload | Classes and final exam: (6 hours and 40 minutes) x 16 = 106 hours and 40 minutes Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 2 x (6 hours and 40 minutes) = 13 hours and 20 minutes Total workload for the course: 5 x 30 = 150 hours Additional work for exam preparation in the make-up exam period, including taking the make-up exam from 0 - 30 hours. Load structure: 106 hours and 40 minutes (teaching) + 13 hours and 20 minutes (preparation) + 30 hours (additional work) |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 5 credits x 40/30=6 hours and 40 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
6 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =106 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 6 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =13 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 5 x 30=150 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 30 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 106 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 13 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 30 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | class attendance; homework; active participation - max 5 points |
| Consultations | available once a week - live/online |
| Literature | 1. Bruno Osimo, Manuale del traduttore. Hoepli. Milano, 2008. 2.Vladimir Ivir, Teorija i tehnika prevođenja. Novi Sad: Centar "Karlovačka gimnazija" Sremski Karlovci, Zavod za izdavanje udžbenika u Novom Sadu, 1984. 3. Umberto Eco, Dire quasi la stessa cosa, Bompiani, Milano, 2010. 4. Mila Samardžić, Saša Moderc, Letture, analisi, traduzioni: praktikum za vježbe čitanja, tumačenja i prevođenja, Univerzitet Crne Gore, Filozofski fakultet, 2001 5. AAVV, Gramatika crnogorskog jezika, Ministarstvo prosvjete i nauke, Podgorica, 2010. 6. AAVV, Pravopis crnogorskog jezika, Ministarstvo prosvjete i nauke, Podgorica, 2010 7. Ivan Klajn, Italijansko-srpski rečnik, Edicija,2011; 8. Jednojezični italijanski rječnik po izboru (Zingarell, Sabatini-Colletti, De Mauro…) |
| Examination methods | Midterm exam- max 35 points; class attendance, doing homework and active participation during classes - max 5 points. Final exam - max 60 points. A passing grade is obtained if a total of at least 50 points is achieved during the semester and with the final exam passed. Collected points expressed in letter grades: E: 50 - 59, D: 60 - 69, C: 70 - 79, B: 80 - 89, A: 90 - 100. |
| Special remarks | / |
| Comment | / |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Philology / ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / ITALIAN LANGUAGE 5 - SYNTAX OF SIMPLE SENTENCE
| Course: | ITALIAN LANGUAGE 5 - SYNTAX OF SIMPLE SENTENCE/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 11211 | Obavezan | 5 | 5 | 2+2+0 |
| Programs | ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE |
| Prerequisites | / |
| Aims | The Course aims to familiarize the student with the basic concepts and notions of the syntax of the Italian simple sentence. |
| Learning outcomes | After completing the Course, the student is able to: 1. define the concept of syntax, as well as the basic concepts of the syntax of the simple Italian sentence; 2. distinguish the simple from the complex sentences; recognize and use the simple or minimal, the simple extended as well as the nominal Italian sentence; 3. recognize and adequately use sentence constituents (subject, predicate, attribute, apposition) and various sentence direct and indirect complements; 4. recognize and use different adverbial clauses with adequate use of prepositions and prepositional phrases; 5. recognize and analyze the mentioned syntactic concepts and occurrences in the written text - perform a logical analysis of the Italian simple sentence. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Deja Piletić, PhD, Assistant professor; |
| Methodology | direct and interactive lectures and exercises; ppt presentations |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Introduction to the Course; concept of syntax; syntax vs. morphology; syntax of the simple Italian sentence; valency, principles of the syntax analysis (analis logica); analisi logica vs. analisi grammaticale |
| I week exercises | exercises oh the previously explained concepts; contrastive notes |
| II week lectures | Subject and Predicate |
| II week exercises | exercises oh the previously explained concepts; contrastive notes |
| III week lectures | Types of Italian predicate |
| III week exercises | exercises oh the previously explained concepts; contrastive notes |
| IV week lectures | Attribute and apposition |
| IV week exercises | exercises oh the previously explained concepts; contrastive notes |
| V week lectures | Adverbial clauses in the Italian languages: – i complementi: c. oggetto diretto, c. oggetto partitivo, c. predicativo del soggetto, c. predicativo dell’oggetto |
| V week exercises | use of prepositions; exercises oh the previously explained concepts; introduction to the syntax analysis of the Italian simple sentence; contrastive notes |
| VI week lectures | c. di termine; c. d’agente e di causa efficiente; c. di specificazione; c. di denominazione; c. partitivo. |
| VI week exercises | use of prepositions; exercises oh the previously explained concepts; syntax analysis of the Italian simple sentence; contrastive notes |
| VII week lectures | first midterm exam |
| VII week exercises | analysis of the results of the first midterm exam |
| VIII week lectures | c. di causa; c. di fine o scopo; c. di compagnia e di unione; c. di mezzo o strumento; c. di modo o maniera. |
| VIII week exercises | use of prepositions; exercises oh the previously explained concepts; syntax analysis of the Italian simple sentence; contrastive notes |
| IX week lectures | c. di stato in luogo; c. di moto a luogo; c. di moto da luogo, c. di moto per luogo, c. di allontanamento o separazione; c. di luogo figurato; c. di origine o provenienza. |
| IX week exercises | use of prepositions; exercises oh the previously explained concepts; syntax analysis of the Italian simple sentence; contrastive notes |
| X week lectures | c. di tempo determinato; c. di tempo continuato; c. di età; c. di limitazione; c. di argomento; c. di paragone. |
| X week exercises | use of prepositions; exercises oh the previously explained concepts; syntax analysis of the Italian simple sentence; contrastive notes |
| XI week lectures | c. di qualità; c. di materia; c. di peso o misura; c. di abbondanza e di privazione; c. di estensione; c. di distanza. |
| XI week exercises | use of prepositions; exercises oh the previously explained concepts; syntax analysis of the Italian simple sentence; contrastive notes |
| XII week lectures | c. di stima; c. di prezzo; c. di colpa; c. di pena; c. di vantaggio; c. di svantaggio |
| XII week exercises | use of prepositions; exercises oh the previously explained concepts; syntax analysis of the Italian simple sentence; contrastive notes |
| XIII week lectures | c. distributivo; c. di esclusione; c. di sostituzione o scambio; c. concessivo. |
| XIII week exercises | use of prepositions; exercises oh the previously explained concepts; syntax analysis of the Italian simple sentence; contrastive notes |
| XIV week lectures | second midterm exam |
| XIV week exercises | analysis of the results of the first midterm exam |
| XV week lectures | Preparation for the final exam |
| XV week exercises | Remedial midterm exams and preparation for the final exam |
| Student workload | 5 ECTS |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 5 credits x 40/30=6 hours and 40 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
6 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =106 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 6 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =13 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 5 x 30=150 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 30 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 106 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 13 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 30 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | attending lessons and active participation (max 4 points); midterm exams and final exams (max 46 points); final exam (max 50 points) |
| Consultations | available consultations with professor once a week - live and/or online |
| Literature | 1. Sensini, M. – Le forme della lingua (La grammatica e la scrittura); 2. Serianni, L, Della Valle, V. et al. – Lingua Comune, la grammatica e il testo; 3. Dardano, M., Trifone, P. – Grammatica italiana; 5. Moderc, S. – Gramatika italijanskog jezika (morfologija sa elementima sintakse). |
| Examination methods | Two midterm written exams - 23 points each; class attendance, homework and activity during class 4 points; final exam 50 points. A passing grade is obtained if a total of at least 50 points is achieved during classes and on the final exam. Collected points expressed in letter grades: E: 50 - 59, D: 60 - 69, C: 70 - 79, B: 80 - 89, A: 90 - 100. |
| Special remarks | / |
| Comment | / |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Philology / ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / ITALIAN LITERATURE V
| Course: | ITALIAN LITERATURE V/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 3766 | Obavezan | 5 | 6 | 2+2+0 |
| Programs | ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE |
| Prerequisites | There are no pre-conditions for the attendance of this course. |
| Aims | Acquainting the students with the texts of most representative works of Italian Literature, their genres, critical and historical interpretations, from the beginnings to the end of XVI century. |
| Learning outcomes | After successfully completing the course, the student will be able to: 1. Analyze the genesis, structure, theme, language and style of representative works of Italian literature written in Middle Ages, Humanism and Renaissance, relying on concepts and theories that dominate in the studies of Italian language and literature; 2. Gather information from a variety of sources in order to better understand a literary work; 3. Undertake an argumentative discussion on topics related to Italian literature of Middle Ages, Humanism and Renaissance. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | professor: Olivera Popović, Ph. D; assistant: Desanka Jauković, M.A |
| Methodology | Lectures, seminars, homework, text analysis, required reading, consultations |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Culture of Middle Ages and communal civilization |
| I week exercises | Homework assignments |
| II week lectures | Dante: La Divina commedia |
| II week exercises | Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected fragments |
| III week lectures | Dante: La Divina commedia |
| III week exercises | Dante: La Divina commedia Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected fragments |
| IV week lectures | Petrarch: Il Canzoniere |
| IV week exercises | Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected fragments |
| V week lectures | Petrarch: Il Canzoniere |
| V week exercises | Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected fragments |
| VI week lectures | Mid-term exam |
| VI week exercises | Detailed analysis of mid-term exam |
| VII week lectures | Boccaccio: Il Decamerone |
| VII week exercises | Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected fragments |
| VIII week lectures | Boccaccio: Il Decamerone |
| VIII week exercises | Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected fragments |
| IX week lectures | Culture of Humanism and Renaissance |
| IX week exercises | Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected fragments |
| X week lectures | Macchiavelli: Il Principe |
| X week exercises | Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected fragments |
| XI week lectures | Ariosto: LOrlando furioso |
| XI week exercises | Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected fragments |
| XII week lectures | Ariosto: LOrlando furioso |
| XII week exercises | Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected fragments |
| XIII week lectures | Tasso: La Gerusalemme liberata |
| XIII week exercises | Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected fragments |
| XIV week lectures | Tasso: La Gerusalemme liberata |
| XIV week exercises | Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected fragments |
| XV week lectures | Mid-term exam |
| XV week exercises | Detailed analysis of mid-term exam |
| Student workload | WEEKLY 6 credits x 40/30 = 8 hours Structure: 4 hours of lectures 4 hours of independent work including office hours. PER SEMESTER Class attendance and final exams: (8 hours) x 16 = 128 hours Neccessary preparations before the beginning of the semester (administration, enrolment, verification) 2 x (8 hours) = 16 hours Total: 6x30 = 180 hours Additional work for the preparation of the make-up exam: 0 to 36 hours Structure: 128 hours (classes) + 16 hours (preparation) + 36 hours (additional work) |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 6 credits x 40/30=8 hours and 0 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 4 hour(s) i 0 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
8 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =128 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 8 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =16 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 6 x 30=180 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 36 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 128 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 16 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 36 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | Students are obliged to attend lectures and seminars regularly, to actively participate in the classes, to do homework and take the tests and exams |
| Consultations | Thursdays and Fridays: 09.00 - 10.00 |
| Literature | Baldi, Giusso, Razetti, Zaccaria: Dal testo alla storia, dalla storia al testo, Paravia, Torino; Luperini, Cataldi, Marchiani, Marchese, Donnarumma: La scritura s linterpretazione , Palumbo, Palermo; Guglielmino, Grosser: Il sistema letterario , Princi |
| Examination methods | Attendance: 2 points; activity during classes, preparation and presentation of tasks assigned : 8 points; mid-term exam: 2x20 points; final exam 50 points. Grading is structured within the scale 0-100% of the mastered material, while the passing grade wil |
| Special remarks | |
| Comment |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Philology / ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / ITALIAN LITERATURE 5 - LITERATURE OF THE FIRST HALF OF THE 20TH CENTURY - TEXT INTERPRETATIONS
| Course: | ITALIAN LITERATURE 5 - LITERATURE OF THE FIRST HALF OF THE 20TH CENTURY - TEXT INTERPRETATIONS/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 11213 | Obavezan | 5 | 6 | 2+2+0 |
| Programs | ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE |
| Prerequisites | |
| Aims | The course aims to familiarize students with the phenomena that marked literary movements on the territory of Italy in the first half of the 20th century. |
| Learning outcomes | After completing the course and passing the exam, the student should be able to: 1. Analyze the genesis, structure, themes, language, and style of representative works of Italian literature from the first half of the 20th century. 2. Engage in well-reasoned discussions on topics related to Italian literature from the first half of the 20th century. 3. Write a coherent paper on an assigned topic based on available sources. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Olivera Popović, PhD Desanka Jauković, M. A. |
| Methodology |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Italian Culture in the first half of the 20th century |
| I week exercises | Seminar papers assignment |
| II week lectures | F. T. Marinetti, Il manifesto del futurismo |
| II week exercises | Thematic, formal, and stylistic analysis of Il manifesto del futurismo |
| III week lectures | G. Ungareti, selection of poetry |
| III week exercises | Thematic, formal, and stylistic analysis of selected poems by Ungareti |
| IV week lectures | L. Pirandello, Sei personaggi in cerca dautore |
| IV week exercises | Thematic, formal, and stylistic analysis of excerpts from the drama Sei personaggi in cerca dautore |
| V week lectures | I. Svevo, La coscienza di Zeno |
| V week exercises | Thematic, formal, and stylistic analysis of excerpts from the novel La coscienza di Zeno |
| VI week lectures | U. Saba, selection of poetry |
| VI week exercises | Thematic, formal, and stylistic analysis of selected poems by Saba |
| VII week lectures | Mid-term exam |
| VII week exercises | Analysis of the results of the mid-term exam |
| VIII week lectures | S. Quasimodo, Oboe sommerso |
| VIII week exercises | Thematic, formal, and stylistic analysis of Quasimodos poems |
| IX week lectures | E. Montale, Ossi di seppia |
| IX week exercises | Thematic, formal, and stylistic analysis of Montales poems |
| X week lectures | A. Moravia, Gli indifferenti |
| X week exercises | Thematic, formal, and stylistic analysis of excerpts from the novel Gli indifferenti |
| XI week lectures | D. Buzzati, Il deserto dei Tartari |
| XI week exercises | Thematic, formal, and stylistic analysis of excerpts from the novel Il deserto dei Tartari |
| XII week lectures | P. Levi, Se questo è un uomo |
| XII week exercises | Thematic, formal, and stylistic analysis of excerpts from the novel Se questo è un uomo |
| XIII week lectures | Cesare Pavese, selection of poetry, selection from Mestiere di vivere |
| XIII week exercises | Thematic, formal, and stylistic analysis of selected poems by Pavese |
| XIV week lectures | Elsa Morante, Menzogna e sortilegio |
| XIV week exercises | Thematic, formal, and stylistic analysis of excerpts from the novel Menzogna e sortilegio |
| XV week lectures | Analysis of seminar papers |
| XV week exercises | Analysis of seminar papers |
| Student workload | WEEKLY 6 credits x 40/30 = 8 hours Structure: 4 hours of lectures 4 hours of independent work including office hours. PER SEMESTER Class attendance and final exams: (8 hours) x 16 = 128 hours Neccessary preparations before the beginning of the semester (administration, enrolment, verification) 2 x (8 hours) = 16 hours Total: 6x30 = 180 hours Additional work for the preparation of the make-up exam: 0 to 36 hours Structure: 128 hours (classes) + 16 hours (preparation) + 36 hours (additional work) |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 6 credits x 40/30=8 hours and 0 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 4 hour(s) i 0 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
8 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =128 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 8 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =16 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 6 x 30=180 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 36 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 128 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 16 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 36 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | Students are obliged to attend lectures and seminars regularly, to actively participate in the classes, to do homework and take the tests and exams |
| Consultations | Friday: 9.00- 10.00 |
| Literature | Baldi, et al., Dal testo alla storia, dalla storia al testo, Paravia, Torino; Luperini, et al., La scritura s linterpretazione, Palumbo, Palermo; Guglielmino, Grosser, Il sistema letterario, Principato, Milano; Ceserani R., De Federicis, Il materiale e l’immaginario, Loescher editore, Milano; Petronio, Masiello, La produzione letteraria in Italia, Palumbo, Palermo; Salvatore, Guida al Novecento, Principato, Milano; Petronio, Il piacere di leggere: La letteratura italiana in 101 libri, Mondadori, Milano, 1997. |
| Examination methods | Attendance: 5 points; mid-term exam: 10 points; seminar paper: 35 points; final exam 50 points. Grading is structured within the scale 0-100% of the mastered material, while the passing grade will be achieved with the accumulation of 51% of the total material. E: 51 – 59 D: 60 – 69 C: 70 – 79 B: 80 – 89 A: 90 – 100 |
| Special remarks | |
| Comment |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Philology / ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / CONTEMPORARY ITALIAN LANGUAGE V
| Course: | CONTEMPORARY ITALIAN LANGUAGE V/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 3764 | Obavezan | 5 | 10 | 0+10+0 |
| Programs | ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE |
| Prerequisites | There are no pre-conditions for the attendance of this course. |
| Aims | Mastering language skills (listening, speaking, reading, writing) as well as elements of morphology and syntax of modern Italian language. |
| Learning outcomes | After completing the course and passing the exam, the student will be able to: 1. Understand the main points of information about current events presented in the media (radio, television, Internet) 2. Understand texts written in standard Italian language (articles concerning Italian culture, problems of modern Italian society…) 3. Produce clear and connected text on topics of personal interest and give reasons and explanations for opinions and plans for the future. 4. Translate from Italian into the mother tongue and vice versa passages from contemporary fiction and newspaper articles on various topics with the help of bilingual and monolingual dictionaries and online sources. 5. Converse and express their views on the topics covered during classes. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Deja Piletić, Maria Teresa Albano, Lejla Dizdarević |
| Methodology | Exercises, consultations, test, midterm exam, preparation for the final exam. |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | |
| I week exercises | Introducing students to course syllabus, materials and literature that will be used during the course |
| II week lectures | |
| II week exercises | Unità: Come è ingiusta la parità - development of language skills (listening, speaking, reading, writing); practicing grammar (congiuntivo presente e passato; condizionale); translations from and into Italian language. |
| III week lectures | |
| III week exercises | Unità: Storia della pasta - development of language skills (listening, speaking, reading, writing); practicing grammar (passato remoto; formazione degli aggettivi); translations from and into Italian language. |
| IV week lectures | |
| IV week exercises | Unità: Non approfondire - development of language skills (listening, speaking, reading, writing); practicing grammar (concordanza dei tempi; congiunzioni a tal punto, anzi, dunque, al contrario, benché ecc.); translations from and into Italian language. |
| V week lectures | |
| V week exercises | Unità: Computer - development of language skills (listening, speaking, reading, writing); practicing grammar (pronomi relativi, sostantivi particolari); translations from and into Italian language. |
| VI week lectures | |
| VI week exercises | Test – analysis of the test results |
| VII week lectures | |
| VII week exercises | Unità: Emigrazione - development of language skills (listening, speaking, reading, writing); practicing grammar (il futuro irregolare; forma impersonale); translations from and into Italian language. |
| VIII week lectures | |
| VIII week exercises | Unità: Stop alle auto - development of language skills (listening, speaking, reading, writing); practicing grammar (passato prossimo; periodo ipotetico); translations from and into Italian language. |
| IX week lectures | |
| IX week exercises | Unità: Il falso a tavola - development of language skills (listening, speaking, reading, writing); practicing grammar (participio presente; participio passato con valore passivo); translations from and into Italian language. |
| X week lectures | |
| X week exercises | Midterm exam |
| XI week lectures | |
| XI week exercises | Analysis of the midterm exam results |
| XII week lectures | |
| XII week exercises | Unità: Che fine ha fatto l’amicizia? - development of language skills (listening, speaking, reading, writing); practicing grammar (stare + gerundio; farsi + infinito); translations from and into Italian language. |
| XIII week lectures | |
| XIII week exercises | Unità: Dottor Niù – development of language skills (listening, speaking, reading, writing); practicing grammar (discorso diretto/indiretto; parole mutuate dall'inglese); translations from and into Italian language. |
| XIV week lectures | |
| XIV week exercises | Recapitulation |
| XV week lectures | |
| XV week exercises | Preparation for the final exam. |
| Student workload | Lectures and final exam: (13 hours 20 minutes) x 16 = 213 hours 20 minutes. Before semester (administration) 2x(13 hours 20 minutes) = 26 hours 40 minutes. Total for the course 10x30= 300 hours. Additional work 60 hours. Structure: 213 hours 20 min (lectures) + 26 hours 40 minutes (preparation) + 60 hours (additional work) = 300 hours. |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 10 credits x 40/30=13 hours and 20 minuts
0 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 10 excercises 3 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
13 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =213 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 13 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =26 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 10 x 30=300 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 60 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 213 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 26 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 60 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | Regular class attendance, homework, active participation in classes |
| Consultations | Wednesdays 13:00-15:00 |
| Literature | Textbooks: 1) T. Marin, S. Magnelli – Nuovo progetto italiano 3 (libro dello studente e quaderno degli esercizi), livello intermedio-avanzato B2-C1; 2) Saša Moderc, Gramatika italijanskog jezika; 3) M.Dardano/P.Trifone, Grammatica italiana, 4) L.Serianni, |
| Examination methods | Active participation in classes (attendance, homework, getting involved in class discussions) 5 points, mid-term exam 35 points, test 10 points. Final exam 50 points. The student must accumulate 51 points during the semester to pass the exam. |
| Special remarks | |
| Comment |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Philology / ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / CONTEMPORARY ITALIAN LANGUAGE 5 - B2.1 LEVEL
| Course: | CONTEMPORARY ITALIAN LANGUAGE 5 - B2.1 LEVEL/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 11214 | Obavezan | 5 | 10 | 2+6+0 |
| Programs | ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE |
| Prerequisites | |
| Aims | |
| Learning outcomes | After completing the course and passing the exam, the student should be able to: 1. Understand information about current events from the media (radio, television, internet). 2. Understand texts in standard Italian (articles about Italian culture and problems of contemporary Italian society, etc.) 3. Write a clear and coherent text on topics of personal interest, to express and explain his opinion, ambitions and plans for the future. 4. Lead a conversation and express his/her views on the topics covered during class. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | |
| Methodology |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Espressioni per leggere e commentare un grafico. Aggettivi etnici |
| I week exercises | Parlare dell’Italia e degli italiani. Sfatare stereotipi. |
| II week lectures | Aggettivi e pronomi indefiniti. L’imperfetto indicativo. |
| II week exercises | Favole. Commentare la morale di una favola. |
| III week lectures | I possessivi. I sostantivi indipendenti. |
| III week exercises | Scrivere un breve saggio partendo da una scaletta. |
| IV week lectures | I prefissi nominali e aggettivali. Farsi + infinito. |
| IV week exercises | Scrivere su un blog. Fare delle ipotesi sul contenuto di un testo. |
| V week lectures | Le reggenze verbali. L’uso dei tempi passati. |
| V week exercises | Riassumere un testo letterario. Leggere un grafico. Scrivere una lettera di protesta. |
| VI week lectures | L’infinito presente e passato. I marcatori o segnali discorsivi. |
| VI week exercises | Scrivere una lettera d’opinione al giornale. Descrivere cambiamenti epocali. |
| VII week lectures | Gli alterati e i falsi alterati. Il suffiso - bile. |
| VII week exercises | Esprimere e argomentare il proprio accordo o disaccordo. |
| VIII week lectures | L’uso dei tempi passati. |
| VIII week exercises | Scrivere un saggio breve. Redigere una breve biografia di un noto personaggio. |
| IX week lectures | I pronomi diretti, indiretti e combinati. Le unità lessicali. |
| IX week exercises | Raccontare una storia da un altro punto di vista. |
| X week lectures | Il congiuntivo presente e passato. I connettivi concessivi. Nomi di professione femminili. |
| X week exercises | Le disuguaglianze di genere. Rispondere a un annuncio di lavoro. Scrivere una lettera formale di candidatura. |
| XI week lectures | Le parole composte. La comparazione irregolare. Il congiuntivo dei tempi passati. |
| XI week exercises | Sostenere l’opinione di qualcuno rispetto a quella di qualcun altro. Parole per argomentare e controargomentare. |
| XII week lectures | La forma passiva. Corrispondenza tra parole straniere e italiane. |
| XII week exercises | Scrivere un articolo di cronaca. |
| XIII week lectures | I possessivi. I sostantivi indipendenti. |
| XIII week exercises | Produrre un monologo espositivo-argomentativo. Preparare una scaletta per un’intervista. |
| XIV week lectures | Midterm test |
| XIV week exercises | Midterm test |
| XV week lectures | La nominalizzazione. Il participio presente e passato. |
| XV week exercises | Presentare il proprio Stato, il suo ordinamento, i luoghi in cui si esercita il potere evidenziando somiglianze e differenze con l’Italia |
| Student workload | |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 10 credits x 40/30=13 hours and 20 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 6 excercises 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
13 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =213 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 13 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =26 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 10 x 30=300 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 60 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 213 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 26 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 60 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | |
| Consultations | |
| Literature | 1. Marin, T, Cernigliaro, M. A. Nuovissimo progetto italiano 3. Roma: Edilingua; 2. Marin, T., Nuovo Progetto italiano 3, Corso multimediale di lingua e civiltà italiana. Livello intermedio – avanzato. Atene: Edilingua; 3. Marin, T., La Prova orale 2, Materiale per la conversazione e la preparazione agli esami orali. Livello intermedio-avanzato, Atene: Edilingua; 4. Tommasini, M. G, Spazio Italia 4. Corso di italiano per stranieri, Livello B2. Torino: Loescher; 5. Italian monolingual dictionary. |
| Examination methods | |
| Special remarks | |
| Comment |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Philology / ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / HISTORY OF ITALIAN LANGUAGE II
| Course: | HISTORY OF ITALIAN LANGUAGE II/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 3771 | Obavezan | 6 | 3 | 2+0+0 |
| Programs | ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE |
| Prerequisites | There are no preconditions for the attendance of this course. |
| Aims | Acquainting the students with the process of evolution of the Italian language and its development through the centuries |
| Learning outcomes | After completing the course and passing the exam, the student will be able to: 1. Explain the basic morphological phenomena related to the development of the Italian nouns, pronouns, verbs and adjectives. 2. Distinguish the basic similarities and differences between Latin and Italian language systems. 3. Apply acquired knowledge of phonetics and morphology in the analysis of literary texts from earlier phases of development of the Italian language. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Cvijeta Brajičić, M. A. |
| Methodology | Lectures, consultations, midterm exam, studying for the final exam |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Elements of morphology:Article |
| I week exercises | |
| II week lectures | Noun |
| II week exercises | |
| III week lectures | Adjective |
| III week exercises | |
| IV week lectures | Pronouns |
| IV week exercises | |
| V week lectures | Verb |
| V week exercises | |
| VI week lectures | Verb |
| VI week exercises | |
| VII week lectures | Verb |
| VII week exercises | |
| VIII week lectures | Midterm exam |
| VIII week exercises | |
| IX week lectures | Inferno-first chapter analysis |
| IX week exercises | |
| X week lectures | Inferno-first chapter analysis |
| X week exercises | |
| XI week lectures | Inferno-first chapter analysis |
| XI week exercises | |
| XII week lectures | Inferno-first chapter analysis |
| XII week exercises | |
| XIII week lectures | Inferno-first chapter analysis |
| XIII week exercises | |
| XIV week lectures | Inferno-first chapter analysis |
| XIV week exercises | |
| XV week lectures | Rwcapitulation |
| XV week exercises |
| Student workload | WEEKLY: 3 credits x 40/30= 4 hours, 2 hours of lectures 2 hours of independent work including office hours. PER SEMESTER: Class attendance and final exams: 4 hours x 16 = 64 hours Neccessary preparations before the beginning of the semester (administration, enrolment, verification) 2 x 4 hours = 8hours Total: 3x30 = 90 hours Additional work for the preparation of the make-up exam: 0 to 18 hours Structure: 64 hours (classes) + 8hours (preparation) + 18 hours (additional work) |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 3 credits x 40/30=4 hours and 0 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 0 excercises 2 hour(s) i 0 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =64 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =8 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 3 x 30=90 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 64 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 8 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | Students are obliged to attend lectures and regularly, to actively participate in the classes and to take the tests and exams |
| Consultations | Monday: 09:00 - 10:00 Wednesday: 10:00 - 11:00 |
| Literature | 1) Paolo D’Achille, Breve grammatica storica dell’italiano, 2) Luca Serianni, Lezioni di grammatica storica italiana, 3) Giuseppe Patota, Lineamenti di grammatica storica dell’italiano, 4)Claudio Marazzini, La lingua italiana. Profilo storico, 5) Martin M |
| Examination methods | Attendance, activity during classes: 15 points; mid-term exam: 35 points; final exam 50 points. The passing grade will be achieved by accumulating 51 points. |
| Special remarks | |
| Comment |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Philology / ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / RUSSIAN LANGUAGE 6
| Course: | RUSSIAN LANGUAGE 6/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 11278 | Izborni | 6 | 4 | 2+2+0 |
| Programs | ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE |
| Prerequisites | |
| Aims | |
| Learning outcomes | |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | |
| Methodology |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | |
| I week exercises | |
| II week lectures | |
| II week exercises | |
| III week lectures | |
| III week exercises | |
| IV week lectures | |
| IV week exercises | |
| V week lectures | |
| V week exercises | |
| VI week lectures | |
| VI week exercises | |
| VII week lectures | |
| VII week exercises | |
| VIII week lectures | |
| VIII week exercises | |
| IX week lectures | |
| IX week exercises | |
| X week lectures | |
| X week exercises | |
| XI week lectures | |
| XI week exercises | |
| XII week lectures | |
| XII week exercises | |
| XIII week lectures | |
| XIII week exercises | |
| XIV week lectures | |
| XIV week exercises | |
| XV week lectures | |
| XV week exercises |
| Student workload | |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 4 credits x 40/30=5 hours and 20 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 1 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =85 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =10 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 4 x 30=120 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 85 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | |
| Consultations | |
| Literature | |
| Examination methods | |
| Special remarks | |
| Comment |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Philology / ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / FRENCH LANGUAGE 6
| Course: | FRENCH LANGUAGE 6/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 11279 | Izborni | 6 | 4 | 2+2+0 |
| Programs | ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE |
| Prerequisites | |
| Aims | |
| Learning outcomes | After successfully completing this course, the student will be able: 1. to demonstrate communicative skills of French, B2.1 2. to apply the oral and written French language, B2.1 3. to improve a more comprehensive understanding of French 4. to exhibit the ability to articulate their own ideas and opinion in French |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Marjana Đukić, professor Andrea Peruničić |
| Methodology | The aim of this course is to acquaint the students with the skills of French language - niveau B2.1. |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Dossier 4: Press. Media vocabulary. Eugene Ionesco, "Rhinoceros" |
| I week exercises | Media vocabulary - exercises |
| II week lectures | Headlines. Strategies for write an effective email |
| II week exercises | Writing exercises |
| III week lectures | Art of reading a journal article. « Une vache volée ». |
| III week exercises | Passive exercises |
| IV week lectures | Reading a journal article. Compréhension du texte « Le mystère plane sur le pont de Bir-Hakeim ». |
| IV week exercises | Cause and consequence exercises |
| V week lectures | Project- Front page |
| V week exercises | Presentation of the project |
| VI week lectures | Dossier 5 : solidarity. Forms of engagement. |
| VI week exercises | Reading and analyzing texts, p. 76 |
| VII week lectures | Test |
| VII week exercises | the Results of the Test |
| VIII week lectures | Writing an email. |
| VIII week exercises | Le participe présent et le gérondif – exercises. |
| IX week lectures | Presentation of Medecins du Monde. |
| IX week exercises | Grammar exercises - Le but et la duréé. |
| X week lectures | Project: Writing a Program - Day of solidarity |
| X week exercises | Project: Writing a Program - Day of solidarity Presentation |
| XI week lectures | Dossier 6: Art. Painting - great artistes |
| XI week exercises | Art - vocabulary |
| XII week lectures | Program of cultural activities. |
| XII week exercises | Writing exercises |
| XIII week lectures | Preparing an interview . |
| XIII week exercises | Mode of questioning - practice |
| XIV week lectures | A Debate. Les adverbes en –ment. |
| XIV week exercises | Project: Preferred painting |
| XV week lectures | Test |
| XV week exercises | the Results of the Test |
| Student workload | |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 4 credits x 40/30=5 hours and 20 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 1 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =85 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =10 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 4 x 30=120 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 85 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | |
| Consultations | |
| Literature | Catherine Dollet, Sylvie Pons; Alter Ego 3, method de français, Paris: Hachette, 2009. (Unités 4, 5 et 6). Cahier dexercice de meme édition. |
| Examination methods | test, projects, exam |
| Special remarks | |
| Comment |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Philology / ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / GERMAN LANGUAGE 6
| Course: | GERMAN LANGUAGE 6/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 11332 | Izborni | 6 | 4 | 2+2+0 |
| Programs | ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE |
| Prerequisites | None. |
| Aims | Course Learning objectives: 1. Systematic development of all language skills in the field of German at the B1.2 level of the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages; 2. Introduction to professional terminology and narrowly-specific structures in the field of German at the B1.2 level in written and oral communication; 3. Acquisition of grammatical knowledge, techniques and skills necessary for understanding and translating professional texts as well as for oral presentations and translations on topics in the field of German at the B1.2 level. |
| Learning outcomes | By the end of this course a student will be able to: 1. Demonstrate high levels of communicative competence in (vocational) German at the B1.2 level of the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages; 2. Use standard language norms at the B1.2 level of German in written and oral communication; 3. Apply advanced grammar knowledge and specialised techniques and skills of written and oral translation and translate texts from German and into German; 4. Analyse the written or spoken text in detail and comprehensively and recognize key ideas and implicit meaning; 5. Discuss topics on general theoretical and practical knowledge. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Sabina Osmanović, Assistant Professor; MA Semra Husović |
| Methodology | Lectures and exercises. |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Lektion 8: Unter Kollegen Arbeitsaufträge höflich ablehnen; ein Interview verstehen; über den Umgang mit Kollegen diskutieren Konjunktion falls, zweiteilige Konjunktion: je... desto/umso eine Person näher beschreiben; das du anbieten, duzen oder siezen? Relativsatz mit Präpositionen; Adjektiv als Nomen, n-Deklination |
| I week exercises | Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien |
| II week lectures | Lektion 9: Virtuelle Welt Über Arbeitsabläufe sprechen; etwas planen; über Schein und Wirklichkeit sprechen Konjunktionen während, nachdem, bevor, Konjunktion als ob über die Funktion von Geräten sprechen; Bedienungsanleitungen verstehen und erklären, wie etwas funktioniert; in einem Forum antworten, eine Radiodiskussion zum Thema digitale Welt verstehen; über digitale Medien diskutieren |
| II week exercises | Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien |
| III week lectures | Lektion 10: Werbung und Konsum sich beschweren, etwas reklamieren; über Pannen und Missgeschicke im Alltag sprechen; zweiteilige Konjunktion: sowohl… als auch; zweiteilige Konjunktion weder… noch; Relativsatz mit wo und was |
| III week exercises | Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien |
| IV week lectures | Lektion 10: Werbung und Konsum Produkte beschreiben; eine Radioreportage zum Thema Crowdsourcing verstehen; Crowdsourcing ausprobieren; einen Lesetext zum Thema verstehen Partizip Präsens als Adjektiv |
| IV week exercises | Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien |
| V week lectures | Lektion 11: Miteinander Vermutungen, Pläne, Versprechen ausdrücken; über gutes Benehmen und Umgangsformen sprechen Futur I; Konjunktion da |
| V week exercises | Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien |
| VI week lectures | Lektion 11: Miteinander Regeln im Straßenverkehr; falsches Verhalten im Straßenverkehr; Aussagen zum Thema Fremdheit verstehen, über Erfahrungen von Fremdheit sprechen; Aussagen zu unterschiedlichen Arbeitsalltagen verstehen; den eigenen Arbeitsalltag beschreiben |
| VI week exercises | Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien |
| VII week lectures | Midterm exam. |
| VII week exercises | Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien |
| VIII week lectures | Lektion 12: Soziales Engagement Angebote eines Bahnunternehmens verstehen; ein Problem beschreiben und sich beraten lassen; Informationen zu Vereinen in deutschsprachigen Ländern verstehen Konjunktion seit/seitdem, Konjunktion bis; Konjunktion indem |
| VIII week exercises | Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien |
| IX week lectures | Make up exam. |
| IX week exercises | Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien |
| X week lectures | Lektion 12: Soziales Engagement über persönliches Engagement sprechen; über Vorbilder sprechen; über Gewissensfragen sprechen und einen Standpunkt vertreten Konjunktionen ohne dass/ohne zu; Präposition außer + Dativ |
| X week exercises | Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien |
| XI week lectures | Lektion 13: Aus Politik und Geschichte über Biografien sprechen; etwas bewerten und vergleichen, seine Meinung sagen; Verbesserungsvorschläge machen Passiv Perfekt; Passiv Präteritum; Adjektivdeklination mit Komparativ und Superlativ |
| XI week exercises | Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien |
| XII week lectures | Lektion 13: Aus Politik und Geschichte Zeitungsmeldungen verstehen und zusammenfassen; deutsche Geschichte nach 1945 verstehen; die Geschichte eines Landes präsentieren |
| XII week exercises | Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien |
| XIII week lectures | Lektion 14: Alte und neue Heimat über regionale Spezialitäten sprechen; ein Fest planen; eine Reportage zum Thema verstehen; über Heimat sprechen Wiederholung: Wortbildung Nomen; |
| XIII week exercises | Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien |
| XIV week lectures | Lektion 14: Alte und neue Heimat über Europa und die Europäische Union sprechen; über den eigenen Deutschlernweg sprechen; über Pläne und die Zukunft sprechen;Verben mit Präpositionen; Präpositionaladverbien |
| XIV week exercises | Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien |
| XV week lectures | Vorbereitung auf die Abschlussprüfung |
| XV week exercises | Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien |
| Student workload | |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 4 credits x 40/30=5 hours and 20 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 1 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =85 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =10 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 4 x 30=120 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 85 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | Students are obliged to attend lectures, engage actively in class activities, complete all assignments, including tests and mid-term exams, as well as the final exam. |
| Consultations | Mondays and per e-mail. |
| Literature | Schritte international Neu 6 (B1.2). Deutsch als Fremdsprache Kurs und Arbeitsbuch mit Audio-CDs., 2020 (Lektion 8-14) (coursebook and workbook) |
| Examination methods | The assessment includes class attendance, active participation, homework, midterms, and the final exam. |
| Special remarks | |
| Comment | At the start of the semester, students will receive a detailed weekly course outline, including materials and assignments. |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Philology / ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / ENGLISH LANGUAGE 6
| Course: | ENGLISH LANGUAGE 6/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 11761 | Izborni | 6 | 4 | 2+2+0 |
| Programs | ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE |
| Prerequisites | There are no prerequisites for taking this course. |
| Aims | Mastering literary terminology in English, active use of English in everyday situations at the C1.1 level. |
| Learning outcomes | 1. By studying literary texts and terminology, students of foreign language and literature will continuously enrich their vocabulary with new words, phrases, and collocations, which will contribute to further development of their communicative abilities and linguistic competence in one of the fields they are being educated for. 2. Students will be able to enhance and consolidate their grammar knowledge regarding the development of receptive language skills (listening and reading) and productive language skills (speaking and writing) by using complex grammatical structures in the English language. 3. Students will develop the skill of writing structurally and linguistically sound research papers through learning and practical application of instructions for composing individual elements of scientific work. 4. Students will be able to approach a specific literary work critically and analytically, and convey meanings to English using appropriate terminology. 5. By translating sentences taken from research papers, students will more easily recognize formal differences among languages and successfully analyze textual and extratextual factors necessary for quality translation of texts of this kind. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Sanja Ćetkovi, Spomenka Nikolić |
| Methodology | Lectures, practice, presentations, consultations. |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Unit 1. The Literary Canon: Shakespeare; Related reading/vocabulary/idioms; Word forms. |
| I week exercises | introduction |
| II week lectures | Unit 1: Articles in scientific writing; Possibility of expanding literary canon; Related listening activities. |
| II week exercises | grammar exercises |
| III week lectures | How to write an abstract for a seminar/diploma/research paper; Some terms used in literary studies; Fun facts about canonical writers-related reading. |
| III week exercises | grammar exercises |
| IV week lectures | Unit 2: English Literature & the Film Industry; A Guide to Jane Austen’s Novels; Related reading and comprehension activities. |
| IV week exercises | grammar exercises |
| V week lectures | Word forms; Culture Crash-listening; Book-to-film adaptations-related speaking. |
| V week exercises | grammar exercises |
| VI week lectures | How to write an introduction to a seminar/diploma/research paper; Academic Words List; Translation exercises-academic language. |
| VI week exercises | grammar exercises |
| VII week lectures | Revision |
| VII week exercises | grammar exercises |
| VIII week lectures | Midterm exam |
| VIII week exercises | grammar exercises |
| IX week lectures | Unit 3: How to write the discussion and the conclusion sections of a seminar/diploma/research paper; Translation exercises-academic language; Some literary genres-vocabulary. |
| IX week exercises | grammar exercises |
| X week lectures | Unit 3: The Passive Causative;; Charles Dickens-Related listening/speaking. |
| X week exercises | grammar exercises |
| XI week lectures | Unit 3: How to write the discussion and the conclusion sections of a seminar/diploma/research paper; Translation exercises-academic language; Some literary genres-vocabulary. |
| XI week exercises | grammar exercises |
| XII week lectures | Unit 4: Gothic fiction in the 19th century; Related reading; The Brontë Sisters. |
| XII week exercises | grammar exercises |
| XIII week lectures | Unit 4: Vocabulary: collocations; word forms; Writing exercise-Narratives summarizing the history of a literary period/movement of a student’s choice. |
| XIII week exercises | colloquium |
| XIV week lectures | Revision |
| XIV week exercises | results |
| XV week lectures | Final exam |
| XV week exercises |
| Student workload | |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 4 credits x 40/30=5 hours and 20 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 1 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =85 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =10 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 4 x 30=120 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 85 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | Students are required to atteend classes, take midterm and final exams. The teachers may assign other tasks, such as presentations, homework etc. |
| Consultations | Consultations will be scheduled at a time agreed upon with the students. |
| Literature | English for Language and Literary Studies, Authors: Petar Božović, Milica Vuković Stamatović; Advanced Grammar in Use, by Martin Hewings; Practical English Usage by Michael Swan. Advanced Writing Skills for Students of English by Phil Williams |
| Examination methods | Midterm test: up to 30 points Presentation: up to 10 points Active participation in classes: up to 10 points Final exam: 50 points |
| Special remarks | |
| Comment |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Philology / ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / ITALIAN LANGUAGE VI
| Course: | ITALIAN LANGUAGE VI/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 3697 | Obavezan | 6 | 4 | 2+2+0 |
| Programs | ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE |
| Prerequisites | There are no pre-conditions for the attendance of this course. |
| Aims | Mastering the elements of syntax of the Italian language - syntax of the compound/complex sentence |
| Learning outcomes | After completing the course and passing the exam, the student will be able to: 1. Define and explain the basic concepts of syntax of Italian compound and complex sentences. 2. Define and use properly various types of Italian compound sentences and compare them with the equivalent syntactic structures in their mother tongue. 3. Define and use properly various types of Italian dependent clauses in their finite and non-finite forms, with the proper selection of subordinating conjunctions, tenses, moods and verbal forms. 4. Recognize the above-mentioned syntactic concepts and phenomena in the written text – analyze Italian compound and complex sentences and determinate the degree of dependence (in case of complex sentences). |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Deja Piletić |
| Methodology | Lectures, exercises, test, midterm exam, preparation for the final exam |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Introducing students to course syllabus, materials and literature that will be used during the course; defining the main concepts of syntax of the Italian complex/compound sentence; defining possible syntactic relations in a complex/compound sentence |
| I week exercises | Identifying possible relations in a complex/compund Italian sentence – coordination, subordination; division of the complex/compound sentence |
| II week lectures | Coordintion or parataxis (coordinazione o paratassi) – coordinate sentences (proposizioni coordinate): proposizioni copulative, disgiuntive, avversative, conclusive, esplicative |
| II week exercises | Division of a complex/compound sentence; identifying and creating various types of coordinate sentences with a proper selection of conjunctions, tenses and moods |
| III week lectures | Subordination or hypotaxis (subordinazione o ipotassi, giustapposizione o asindeto) - subordinate clauses (le proposizioni subordinate) |
| III week exercises | Division of the complex/compound sentences; introduction to the logical analysis of the Italian complex/compound sentence: determination of the degree of dependence; subordinate completive; subordinate relative; subordinate circostanziali |
| IV week lectures | Le proposizioni oggettive; Le proposizioni soggettive |
| IV week exercises | Logical analysis of complex/compound sentences; identifying and creating the above-mentioned types of subordinate sentences with a proper selection of conjunctions, tenses and moods; identification and converting the non-finite into finite sentences and v |
| V week lectures | Le proposizioni interrogative indirette; Le proposizioni dichiarative |
| V week exercises | Logical analysis of complex/compound sentences; identifying and creating the above-mentioned types of subordinate sentences with a proper selection of conjunctions, tenses and moods; identifying and converting the non-finite into finite sentences and vice |
| VI week lectures | Subordinate relative (proprie, improprie) |
| VI week exercises | Logical analysis of complex/compound sentences; identifying and creating the above-mentioned types of subordinate sentences with a proper selection of conjunctions, tenses and moods; identifying and converting the non-finite into finite sentences and vice |
| VII week lectures | 1st midterm exam |
| VII week exercises | Analysis of the midterm exam results; recapitulation |
| VIII week lectures | Le proposizioni comparative; Le proposizioni cocessive |
| VIII week exercises | Logical analysis of complex/compound sentences; identifying and creating the above-mentioned types of subordinate sentences with a proper selection of conjunctions, tenses and moods; identifying and converting the non-finite into finite sentences and vice |
| IX week lectures | Le proposizioni consecutive; Le proposizioni condizionali – il periodo ipotetico |
| IX week exercises | Logical analysis of complex/compound sentences; identifying and creating the above-mentioned types of subordinate sentences with a proper selection of conjunctions, tenses and moods; identifying and converting the non-finite into finite sentences and vice |
| X week lectures | Recapitualation |
| X week exercises | Logical analysis of complex/compound sentences |
| XI week lectures | 2nd Midterm exam |
| XI week exercises | Analysis of the midterm exam results |
| XII week lectures | Le proposizioni temporali, Le proposizioni avversative |
| XII week exercises | Logical analysis of complex/compound sentences; identifying and creating the above-mentioned types of subordinate sentences with a proper selection of conjunctions, tenses and moods; identifying and converting the non-finite into finite sentences and vice |
| XIII week lectures | Le proposizioni modali; Le p. aggiuntive; Le p. esclusive; Le p.eccettuative |
| XIII week exercises | Logical analysis of complex/compound sentences; identifying and creating the above-mentioned types of subordinate sentences with a proper selection of conjunctions, tenses and moods; identifying and converting the non-finite into finite sentences and vice |
| XIV week lectures | Le p. relative; Le p. limitative; Le p. incidentali |
| XIV week exercises | Logical analysis of complex/compound sentences; identifying and creating the above-mentioned types of subordinate sentences with a proper selection of conjunctions, tenses and moods; identifying and converting the non-finite into finite sentences and vice |
| XV week lectures | Recapitulation – logical analysis of complex/compound sentences |
| XV week exercises | Preparation for the final exam |
| Student workload | Lectures and final exam: (5 hours 20 minutes) x 16 = 85 hours 5 minutes. Before semester (administration) 2x(5 hours 20 minutes) = 10 hours 40 minutes. Total for the course 4x30=120 hours. Additional work 24 hours 15 minutes. Structure: 85 hours 5 min (lectures) + 10 hours 40 minutes (preparation) + 24 hours 15 minutes (additional work) = 120 hours. |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 4 credits x 40/30=5 hours and 20 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 1 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =85 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =10 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 4 x 30=120 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 85 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | Regular class attendance, homework, active participation in classes. |
| Consultations | Wednesdays 15:00-17:00 |
| Literature | 1)Samardžić Mila, Od rečenice do teksta. Uvod u sintaksu italijanske složene rečenice 2) Sensini, M. – Le forme della lingua 1 (La grammatica e la scrittura); 3) Serianni, L, Della Valle, V. et al. Lingua Comune, la grammatica e il testo; 4) Dardano, M. |
| Examination methods | Active participation in classes (attendance, homework, getting involved in class discussions) 5 points, mid-term test 35 points, lexicology test 10 points. Final exam 50 points. The student must accumulate 51 points during the semester to pass the exam. |
| Special remarks | |
| Comment |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Philology / ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / BASICS OF TRANSLATION 2
| Course: | BASICS OF TRANSLATION 2/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 10416 | Obavezan | 6 | 5 | 2+2+0 |
| Programs | ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE |
| Prerequisites | |
| Aims | |
| Learning outcomes | |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | |
| Methodology |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | |
| I week exercises | |
| II week lectures | |
| II week exercises | |
| III week lectures | |
| III week exercises | |
| IV week lectures | |
| IV week exercises | |
| V week lectures | |
| V week exercises | |
| VI week lectures | |
| VI week exercises | |
| VII week lectures | |
| VII week exercises | |
| VIII week lectures | |
| VIII week exercises | |
| IX week lectures | |
| IX week exercises | |
| X week lectures | |
| X week exercises | |
| XI week lectures | |
| XI week exercises | |
| XII week lectures | |
| XII week exercises | |
| XIII week lectures | |
| XIII week exercises | |
| XIV week lectures | |
| XIV week exercises | |
| XV week lectures | |
| XV week exercises |
| Student workload | |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 5 credits x 40/30=6 hours and 40 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
6 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =106 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 6 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =13 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 5 x 30=150 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 30 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 106 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 13 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 30 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | |
| Consultations | |
| Literature | |
| Examination methods | |
| Special remarks | |
| Comment |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Philology / ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / IT.L.6-THE L.OF THE SEC.HALF OF20CENURY AND T.IN.
| Course: | IT.L.6-THE L.OF THE SEC.HALF OF20CENURY AND T.IN./ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 11217 | Obavezan | 6 | 5 | 2+2+0 |
| Programs | ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE |
| Prerequisites | |
| Aims | |
| Learning outcomes | |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | |
| Methodology |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | |
| I week exercises | |
| II week lectures | |
| II week exercises | |
| III week lectures | |
| III week exercises | |
| IV week lectures | |
| IV week exercises | |
| V week lectures | |
| V week exercises | |
| VI week lectures | |
| VI week exercises | |
| VII week lectures | |
| VII week exercises | |
| VIII week lectures | |
| VIII week exercises | |
| IX week lectures | |
| IX week exercises | |
| X week lectures | |
| X week exercises | |
| XI week lectures | |
| XI week exercises | |
| XII week lectures | |
| XII week exercises | |
| XIII week lectures | |
| XIII week exercises | |
| XIV week lectures | |
| XIV week exercises | |
| XV week lectures | |
| XV week exercises |
| Student workload | |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 5 credits x 40/30=6 hours and 40 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
6 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =106 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 6 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =13 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 5 x 30=150 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 30 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 106 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 13 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 30 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | |
| Consultations | |
| Literature | |
| Examination methods | |
| Special remarks | |
| Comment |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Philology / ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / ITALIAN LANGUAGE 6-SYNTAX OF COMPLEX SENTENCE
| Course: | ITALIAN LANGUAGE 6-SYNTAX OF COMPLEX SENTENCE/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 11224 | Obavezan | 6 | 5 | 2+2+0 |
| Programs | ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE |
| Prerequisites | |
| Aims | |
| Learning outcomes | |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | |
| Methodology |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | |
| I week exercises | |
| II week lectures | |
| II week exercises | |
| III week lectures | |
| III week exercises | |
| IV week lectures | |
| IV week exercises | |
| V week lectures | |
| V week exercises | |
| VI week lectures | |
| VI week exercises | |
| VII week lectures | |
| VII week exercises | |
| VIII week lectures | |
| VIII week exercises | |
| IX week lectures | |
| IX week exercises | |
| X week lectures | |
| X week exercises | |
| XI week lectures | |
| XI week exercises | |
| XII week lectures | |
| XII week exercises | |
| XIII week lectures | |
| XIII week exercises | |
| XIV week lectures | |
| XIV week exercises | |
| XV week lectures | |
| XV week exercises |
| Student workload | |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 5 credits x 40/30=6 hours and 40 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
6 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =106 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 6 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =13 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 5 x 30=150 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 30 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 106 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 13 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 30 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | |
| Consultations | |
| Literature | |
| Examination methods | |
| Special remarks | |
| Comment |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Philology / ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / BASICS OF TRANSLATION 2
| Course: | BASICS OF TRANSLATION 2/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 11183 | Obavezan | 6 | 5 | 2+2+0 |
| Programs | ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE |
| Prerequisites | / |
| Aims | The aim of the course is to train the student to acquire the basics of translation competence in written translation from Italian to BCMS and vice versa. |
| Learning outcomes | After completing the course and passing the exam, the student will be able to: 1. Produce an adequate or correct written translation of texts of the appropriate register (recommendation letter, application, motivational letter, tourist brochure, newspaper article, review of film and literary productions, simpler literary texts, etc.) from and into the Italian language. 2. Use different translation instruments and online resources at different stages of the translation process. 3. Recognize the translation problem and overcome it. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Deja Piletić, PhD, Assistant professor Hajdana Vujanović, MA, Senior lecturer |
| Methodology | direct, interactive, practical |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Contrastive differences between source and target language as a cause of translation errors |
| I week exercises | Translation of appropriate texts; translation analysis |
| II week lectures | Contrastive analysis and contrastive stylistics in the function of translation; translation equivalences and formal correspondences |
| II week exercises | Translation of appropriate texts; translation analysis |
| III week lectures | Translation pairing of Italian and Montenegrin languages at the lexical level |
| III week exercises | Translation of appropriate texts; translation analysis |
| IV week lectures | Classification of lexical errors according to their nature and the cause of their occurrence |
| IV week exercises | Translation of appropriate texts; translation analysis |
| V week lectures | "False friends" in Italian and Montenegrin languages |
| V week exercises | Translation of appropriate texts; translation analysis |
| VI week lectures | Transaltion of realia (CSI) |
| VI week exercises | Translation of appropriate texts; translation analysis |
| VII week lectures | Test |
| VII week exercises | Analysis of the results of the test |
| VIII week lectures | Comparison of the Italian and Montenegrin languages on the morphological level in the function of translation. |
| VIII week exercises | Translation of appropriate texts; translation analysis |
| IX week lectures | Comparison of the Italian and Montenegrin languages on the morphosyntactic level in the function of translation Comparison of the Italian and Montenegrin languages on the morphosyntactic level in the function of translation |
| IX week exercises | Translation of appropriate texts; translation analysis |
| X week lectures | Comparison of the orthographic system of the Italian and Montenegrin languages in the function of translation |
| X week exercises | Translation of appropriate texts; translation analysis |
| XI week lectures | Comparison of the syntactic structures of the Italian and Montenegrin languages in the function of translation |
| XI week exercises | Translation of appropriate texts; translation analysis |
| XII week lectures | Incorrect vs. inadequate translation of some syntactic structures - classification of errors |
| XII week exercises | Translation of appropriate texts; translation analysis |
| XIII week lectures | Comparison and translation of dependent and independent conjunctions and connectors and implicit sentence constructions |
| XIII week exercises | Translation of appropriate texts; translation analysis |
| XIV week lectures | Presentation of student seminar papers |
| XIV week exercises | Presentation of student seminar papers |
| XV week lectures | Presentation of student seminar papers |
| XV week exercises | Preparation for the final exam |
| Student workload | 5 ECTS |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 5 credits x 40/30=6 hours and 40 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
6 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =106 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 6 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =13 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 5 x 30=150 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 30 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 106 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 13 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 30 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | class attendance; active participation; homework realization - max 5 points |
| Consultations | once a week - live/online |
| Literature | 1. Bruno Osimo, Manuale del traduttore. Hoepli. Milano, 2008. 2.Vladimir Ivir, Teorija i tehnika prevođenja. Novi Sad: Centar "Karlovačka gimnazija" Sremski Karlovci, Zavod za izdavanje udžbenika u Novom Sadu, 1984. 3. Umberto Eco, Dire quasi la stessa cosa, Bompiani, Milano, 2010. 4. Mila Samardžić, Saša Moderc, Letture, analisi, traduzioni: praktikum za vježbe čitanja, tumačenja i prevođenja, Univerzitet Crne Gore, Filozofski fakultet, 2001 5. AAVV, Gramatika crnogorskog jezika, Ministarstvo prosvjete i nauke, Podgorica, 2010. 6. AAVV, Pravopis crnogorskog jezika, Ministarstvo prosvjete i nauke, Podgorica, 2010 7. Ivan Klajn, Italijansko-srpski rečnik, Edicija,2011; 8. Jednojezični italijanski rječnik po izboru (Zingarell, Sabatini-Colletti, De Mauro…) |
| Examination methods | Test - max 20 points; seminar paper with presentation - max 15 points; written final exam - max 60 points. A passing grade is obtained if at least 50 points are accumulated during the semester together with the final exam passed. The total number of points is 100. Distribution of points by level: E: 50 - 59, D: 60 - 69, C: 70 - 79, B: 80 - 89, A: 90 - 100 |
| Special remarks | / |
| Comment | / |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Philology / ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / ITALIAN LANGUAGE 6 - SYNTAX OF COMPLEX SENTENCE
| Course: | ITALIAN LANGUAGE 6 - SYNTAX OF COMPLEX SENTENCE/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 11216 | Obavezan | 6 | 5 | 2+2+0 |
| Programs | ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE |
| Prerequisites | / |
| Aims | The course aims to familiarize the student with the basic concepts of the syntax of the Italian complex sentence. |
| Learning outcomes | After completing the Course and passing the exam, the student will be able to: 1. Define the basic concepts of the syntax of the complex Italian sentence; 2. Define, recognize and use different types of Italian sentence constructions, relating them to equivalent constructions in the mother tongue; 3. Define, recognize and use different types of Italian dependent clauses in explicit and implicit form with proper selection of conjunctions, verb tense and appropriate verb mode and form; 4. Recognize and analyze the mentioned syntactic concepts and occurrences in the written text - perform a logical analysis of the Italian complex sentence, while determining the degree of dependence in the case of dependent complex sentence constructions. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Deja Piletić, Phd, Assistanr professor |
| Methodology | direct and interactive lectures and exercises, ppt presentations |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Basic concepts of the syntax Italian complex sentence; syntactic relations in the Italian complex sentence. |
| I week exercises | analysis; exercises; contrastive notes |
| II week lectures | Coordinazione o paratassi – proposizioni coordinate: proposizioni copulative, disgiuntive, avversative, conclusive, esplicative. |
| II week exercises | exercises; contrastive notes |
| III week lectures | Subordinazione o ipotassi - le proposizioni subordinate |
| III week exercises | analysis; exercises; contrastive notes |
| IV week lectures | Le proposizioni oggettive; Le proposizioni soggettive. |
| IV week exercises | analysis; exercises; contrastive notes |
| V week lectures | Le proposizioni interrogative indirette; Le proposizioni dichiarative |
| V week exercises | analysis; exercises; contrastive notes |
| VI week lectures | Le proposizioni relative: proprie e improprie; Le p. incidentali. |
| VI week exercises | analysis; exercises; contrastive notes |
| VII week lectures | First midterm exam |
| VII week exercises | Analysis of the results of the first midterm exam |
| VIII week lectures | Le proposozioni causali; Le proposizioni finali |
| VIII week exercises | analysis; exercises; contrastive notes |
| IX week lectures | Le proposizioni comparative; Le proposizioni concessive |
| IX week exercises | analysis; exercises; contrastive notes |
| X week lectures | Le proposizioni consecutive; Le proposizioni condizionali – il periodo ipotetico. |
| X week exercises | analysis; exercises; contrastive notes |
| XI week lectures | Le proposizioni temporali, le proposizioni avversative. |
| XI week exercises | analysis; exercises; contrastive notes |
| XII week lectures | Le proposizioni modali; Le p. aggiuntive; Le p. esclusive; |
| XII week exercises | analysis; exercises; contrastive notes |
| XIII week lectures | Le p.eccettuative. Le p. limitative; |
| XIII week exercises | analysis; exercises; contrastive notes |
| XIV week lectures | Second midterm exam |
| XIV week exercises | Analysis of the results of the second midterm exam |
| XV week lectures | Preparation for the final exam |
| XV week exercises | Remedial midterm exams and preparation for the final exam |
| Student workload | 5 ECTS |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 5 credits x 40/30=6 hours and 40 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
6 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =106 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 6 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =13 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 5 x 30=150 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 30 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 106 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 13 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 30 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | lesson attendance and active participation and homework - max 4 points |
| Consultations | available once a week - live/online form |
| Literature | 1. Sensini, M. – Le forme della lingua 1 (La grammatica e la scrittura); 2. Serianni, L, Della Valle, V. et al. – Lingua Comune, la grammatica e il testo; 3. Dardano, M., Trifone, P. – Grammatica italiana; 4. Samardžić Mila – Od rečenice do teksta. Uvod u sintaksu italijanske složene rečenice; |
| Examination methods | Two midterm exams - 23 points each; class attendance, doing homework and active participation during classes - max 4 points; final exam - max 50 points (min 25 points). A passing grade is obtained with at least 50 points are accumulated during the semester and with the final exam passed. The total number of points is 100. Distribution of points by level: E: 50 – 59 D: 60 – 69 C: 70 – 79 B: 80 – 89 A: 90 – 100. |
| Special remarks | / |
| Comment | / |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Philology / ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / ITALIAN LITERATURE VI
| Course: | ITALIAN LITERATURE VI/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 3767 | Obavezan | 6 | 6 | 2+2+0 |
| Programs | ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE |
| Prerequisites | There are no pre-conditions for the attendance of this course. |
| Aims | Acquainting the students with the texts of most representative works of Italian Literature, their genres, critical and historical interpretations, from XVIII to the end of XX century. |
| Learning outcomes | After successfully completing the course, the student will be able to: 1. Analize the genesis, structure, theme, language and style of representative works of Italian literature written from Baroque to Postmodernism, relying on concepts and theories that dominate in the studies of Italian language and literature; 2. Compare the developmental streams of Italian literature; 3. Undertake an argumentative discussion on topics related to Italian literature of Baroque, Enlightenment, Romanticism, Realism, Modernism and Postmodernism; 4. Write an essay or term paper on a particular topic in Italian literature. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | professor: Olivera Popović, PhD; assistant: Desanka Jauković, M.A |
| Methodology | Lectures, seminars, homework, text analysis, required reading, consultations |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | C. Goldoni: La Locandiera |
| I week exercises | Homework assignments |
| II week lectures | G. Parini: Il Giorno |
| II week exercises | Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected fragments |
| III week lectures | V. Alfieri: Saul, Mirra |
| III week exercises | Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected fragments |
| IV week lectures | U. Foscolo: Soneti, I Sepolcri |
| IV week exercises | Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected fragments |
| V week lectures | A. Manzoni: I promessi sposi |
| V week exercises | Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected fragments |
| VI week lectures | Mid-term exam |
| VI week exercises | Detailed analysis of mid-term exam |
| VII week lectures | G. Leopardi: poesie |
| VII week exercises | Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected fragments |
| VIII week lectures | G. Verga: I Malavoglia |
| VIII week exercises | Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected fragments |
| IX week lectures | G. Verga: I Malavoglia |
| IX week exercises | Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected fragments |
| X week lectures | G. DAnunzio: poesie |
| X week exercises | Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected fragments |
| XI week lectures | L. Pirandello: Sei personaggi in cerca d’autore |
| XI week exercises | Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected fragments |
| XII week lectures | I. Svevo: La coscienza di Zeno |
| XII week exercises | Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected fragments |
| XIII week lectures | E. Montale: poesie |
| XIII week exercises | Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected fragments |
| XIV week lectures | I. Calvino: I nostri antenati |
| XIV week exercises | Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected fragments |
| XV week lectures | Mid-term exam |
| XV week exercises | Detailed analysis of mid-term exam |
| Student workload | WEEKLY 6 credits x 40/30 = 8 hours Structure: 4 hours of lectures 4 hours of independent work including office hours. PER SEMESTER Class attendance and final exams: (8 hours) x 16 = 128 hours Neccessary preparations before the beginning of the semester (administration, enrolment, verification) 2 x (8 hours) = 16 hours Total: 6x30 = 180 hours Additional work for the preparation of the make-up exam: 0 to 36 hours Structure: 128 hours (classes) + 16 hours (preparation) + 36 hours (additional work) |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 6 credits x 40/30=8 hours and 0 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 4 hour(s) i 0 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
8 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =128 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 8 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =16 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 6 x 30=180 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 36 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 128 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 16 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 36 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | Students are obliged to attend lectures and seminars regularly, to actively participate in the classes, to do homework and take the tests and exams |
| Consultations | Thursdays and Fridays: 09.00 - 10.00 |
| Literature | Baldi, Giusso, Razetti, Zaccaria: Dal testo alla storia, dalla storia al testo (Paravia, Torino); Luperini, Cataldi, Marchiani, Marchese, Donnarumma: La scritura s linterpretazione (Palumbo, Palermo); Guglielmino, Grosser: Il sistema letterario (Princi |
| Examination methods | Attendance: 2 points; activity during classes, preparation and presentation of tasks assigned : 8 points; mid-term exam: 2x20 points; final exam 50 points. Grading is structured within the scale 0-100% of the mastered material, while the passing grade wil |
| Special remarks | |
| Comment |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Philology / ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / ITALIAN LITERATURE 6 - LITERATURE OF THE SECOND HALF OF THE 20TH CENTURY - TEXT INTERPRETATION
| Course: | ITALIAN LITERATURE 6 - LITERATURE OF THE SECOND HALF OF THE 20TH CENTURY - TEXT INTERPRETATION/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 11225 | Obavezan | 6 | 6 | 2+2+0 |
| Programs | ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE |
| Prerequisites | |
| Aims | The course aims to acquaint students with historical, political, cultural, and poetics-related facts that have defined literary trends in Italy during the second half of the 20th century. |
| Learning outcomes | After completing the course and passing the exam, the student should be able to: 1. Analyze the genesis, structure, themes, language, and style of representative works of Italian literature from the second half of the 20th century. 2. Engage in well-reasoned discussions on topics related to Italian literature from the second half of the 20th century. 3. Explain the placement of the analyzed works in the context of Italian and European literature. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Olivera Popović, PhD Desanka Jauković, M. A. |
| Methodology |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Italian Culture of the Second Half of the 20th Century |
| I week exercises | Seminar papers assignment |
| II week lectures | G. T. di Lampedusa, Gattopardo |
| II week exercises | Thematic, formal, and stylistic analysis of excerpts from the novel Gattopardo |
| III week lectures | B. Fenoglio, Il partigiano Johnny |
| III week exercises | Thematic, formal, and stylistic analysis of excerpts from the novel Il partigiano Johnny |
| IV week lectures | G. Bassani, Il giardino dei Finzi – Contini |
| IV week exercises | Thematic, formal, and stylistic analysis of excerpts from the novel Il giardino dei Finzi – Contini |
| V week lectures | C. Cassola, La ragazza di Bube |
| V week exercises | Thematic, formal, and stylistic analysis of excerpts from the novel La ragazza di Bube |
| VI week lectures | N. Ginzburg, Lessico famigliare |
| VI week exercises | Thematic, formal, and stylistic analysis of excerpts from the novel Lessico famigliare |
| VII week lectures | Mid-term exam |
| VII week exercises | Analysis of midterm exam results |
| VIII week lectures | P. P. Pasolini, I ragazzi di vita |
| VIII week exercises | Thematic, formal, and stylistic analysis of excerpts from the novel I ragazzi di vita |
| IX week lectures | I. Calvino, I nostri antenati |
| IX week exercises | Thematic, formal, and stylistic analysis of excerpts from the trilogy I nostri antenati |
| X week lectures | S. Penna: poesie |
| X week exercises | Thematic, formal, and stylistic analysis of S. Pennas poetry |
| XI week lectures | L. Sciascia, Il giorno della civetta |
| XI week exercises | Thematic, formal, and stylistic analysis of excerpts from the novel Il giorno della civetà |
| XII week lectures | M. Luzzi: poesie |
| XII week exercises | Thematic, formal, and stylistic analysis of M. Luzzis poetry |
| XIII week lectures | Dario Fo, Mistero buffo |
| XIII week exercises | Thematic, formal, and stylistic analysis of excerpts from the work Mistero buffo |
| XIV week lectures | Umberto Eco, Il nome della rosa |
| XIV week exercises | Thematic, formal, and stylistic analysis of excerpts from the novel Il nome della rosa |
| XV week lectures | Seminar papers analysis |
| XV week exercises | Seminar papers analysis |
| Student workload | WEEKLY 6 credits x 40/30 = 8 hours Structure: 4 hours of lectures 4 hours of independent work including office hours. PER SEMESTER Class attendance and final exams: (8 hours) x 16 = 128 hours Neccessary preparations before the beginning of the semester (administration, enrolment, verification) 2 x (8 hours) = 16 hours Total: 6x30 = 180 hours Additional work for the preparation of the make-up exam: 0 to 36 hours Structure: 128 hours (classes) + 16 hours (preparation) + 36 hours (additional work) |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 6 credits x 40/30=8 hours and 0 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 4 hour(s) i 0 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
8 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =128 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 8 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =16 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 6 x 30=180 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 36 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 128 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 16 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 36 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | Students are obliged to attend lectures and seminars regularly, to actively participate in the classes, to do homework and take the tests and exams |
| Consultations | Friday: 9.00-10.00 |
| Literature | Literatura: Baldi, et al., Dal testo alla storia, dalla storia al testo, Paravia, Torino; Luperini, et al., La scritura s linterpretazione, Palumbo, Palermo; Guglielmino, Grosser, Il sistema letterario, Principato, Milano; Ceserani R., De Federicis, Il materiale e l’immaginario, Loescher editore, Milano; Petronio, Masiello, La produzione letteraria in Italia, Palumbo, Palermo; Salvatore, Guida al Novecento, Principato, Milano; Petronio, Il piacere di leggere: La letteratura italiana in 101 libri, Mondadori, Milano, 1997. |
| Examination methods | Attendance: 5 points; mid-term exam: 10 points; seminar paper 35 points; final exam 50 points. Grading is structured within the scale 0-100% of the mastered material, while the passing grade will be achieved with the accumulation of 51% of the total material. E: 51 – 59 D: 60 – 69 C: 70 – 79 B: 80 – 89 A: 90 – 100 |
| Special remarks | |
| Comment |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Philology / ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / CONTEMPORARY ITALIAN LANGUAGE VI
| Course: | CONTEMPORARY ITALIAN LANGUAGE VI/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 3765 | Obavezan | 6 | 10 | 0+9+0 |
| Programs | ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE |
| Prerequisites | There are no pre-conditions for the attendance of this course. |
| Aims | Mastering language skills (listening, speaking, reading, writing) as well as elements of morphology and syntax of modern Italian language. |
| Learning outcomes | After completing the course and passing the exam, the student will be able to: 1. Fallow the main ideas of longer and more complex discussions and discourses in media and understand spontaneous conversation in the authentic environment. 2. Understand more complex texts written in standard Italian language (newspaper articles, passages from contemporary fiction…) 3. Produce clear and connected text on wide range of subjects. 4. Translate from Italian into the mother tongue and vice versa linguistically more demanding passages from contemporary fiction and newspaper articles with the help of bilingual and monolingual dictionaries and online sources. 5. Summarize the main ideas of more complex written text; interact with a degree of fluency and spontaneity that makes regular interaction with native speakers; express and explain their point of view on different subjects. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Deja Piletić, Maria Teresa Albano, Lejla Dizdarević |
| Methodology | Exercises, consultations, test, midterm exam, preparation for the final exam. |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | |
| I week exercises | Introducing students to course syllabus, materials and literature that will be used during the course |
| II week lectures | |
| II week exercises | Unità: Lo scheletro nell'armadio - development of language skills (listening, speaking, reading, writing); practicing grammar (congiunzioni: però, oppure, invece, mentre ecc; indefiniti); translations from and into Italian language. |
| III week lectures | |
| III week exercises | Unità: Pasticceria Grazia - development of language skills (listening, speaking, reading, writing); practicing grammar (forma passiva, preposizioni); translations from and into Italian language. |
| IV week lectures | |
| IV week exercises | Unità: Medicina alternativa - development of language skills (listening, speaking, reading, writing); practicing grammar (riflessivi; si passivante); translations from and into Italian language. |
| V week lectures | |
| V week exercises | Unità : Come arricchirsi sul dolore altrui - development of language skills (listening, speaking, reading, writing); practicing grammar (avverbi; imperativo indiretto); translations from and into Italian language. |
| VI week lectures | |
| VI week exercises | Test – analysis of the test results |
| VII week lectures | |
| VII week exercises | Unità: Cinema italiano - development of language skills (listening, speaking, reading, writing); practicing grammar (scelta dell’ausiliare nei tempi composti; avverbi e locuzioni avverbiali (proprio, all’improvviso, a proposito ecc.)); translations from |
| VIII week lectures | |
| VIII week exercises | Unità: Roma antica - development of language skills (listening, speaking, reading, writing); practicing grammar (gerundio composto; passato e trapassato remoto); translations from and into Italian language. |
| IX week lectures | |
| IX week exercises | Unità: Il teatro…napoletano - development of language skills (listening, speaking, reading, writing); practicing grammar (alterati; sostantivi invariabili al plurale); translations from and into Italian language. |
| X week lectures | |
| X week exercises | Midterm exam |
| XI week lectures | |
| XI week exercises | Analysis of the midterm exam results |
| XII week lectures | |
| XII week exercises | Unità: Sagre e feste – development of language skills (listening, speaking, reading, writing); practicing grammar (funzioni di che; espressioni con che; nomi collettivi); translations from and into Italian language |
| XIII week lectures | |
| XIII week exercises | Unità: Montalbano - development of language skills (listening, speaking, reading, writing); practicing grammar (prefissi negativi e privativi (in-, dis-, a- ecc.); discorso diretto/indiretto); translations from and into Italian language. |
| XIV week lectures | |
| XIV week exercises | Recapitulation |
| XV week lectures | Preparation for the final exam |
| XV week exercises |
| Student workload | Lectures and final exam: (13 hours 20 minutes) x 16 = 213 hours 20 minutes. Before semester (administration) 2x(13 hours 20 minutes) = 26 hours 40 minutes. Total for the course 10x30= 300 hours. Additional work 60 hours. Structure: 213 hours 20 min (lectures) + 26 hours 40 minutes (preparation) + 60 hours (additional work) = 300 hours. |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 10 credits x 40/30=13 hours and 20 minuts
0 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 9 excercises 4 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
13 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =213 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 13 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =26 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 10 x 30=300 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 60 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 213 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 26 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 60 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | Regular class attendance, homework, active participation in classes |
| Consultations | Wednesdays 13:00-15:00 |
| Literature | Textbooks: 1) T. Marin, S. Magnelli – Nuovo progetto italiano 3 (libro dello studente e quaderno degli esercizi), livello intermedio-avanzato B2-C1; 2) Saša Moderc, Gramatika italijanskog jezika; 3) M.Dardano/P.Trifone, Grammatica italiana, 4) L.Serianni, |
| Examination methods | Active participation in classes (attendance, homework, getting involved in class discussions) 5 points, mid-term exam 35 points, test 10 points. Final exam 50 points. The student must accumulate 51 points during the semester to pass the exam. |
| Special remarks | |
| Comment |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Philology / ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / CONTEMPORARY ITALIAN LANGUAGE 6 - B2.2 LEVEL
| Course: | CONTEMPORARY ITALIAN LANGUAGE 6 - B2.2 LEVEL/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 11218 | Obavezan | 6 | 10 | 2+6+0 |
| Programs | ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE |
| Prerequisites | |
| Aims | |
| Learning outcomes | After completing the course and passing the exam, the student should be able to: 1. Follow longer speeches and more complex discussions in the media and understand spontaneous communication in an authentic environment. 2. Understand more complex texts in standard Italian (newspaper articles, excerpts from the works of contemporary Italian authors...) 3. Write a clear and coherent text on a wide range of topics. 4. Retell the essence of a more complex text; conduct a fairly spontaneous and fluent conversation with a native speaker; express and justify their opinion on different topics. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | |
| Methodology |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Il gerundio. I nomi omografi/omofoni. I nomi invariabili. |
| I week exercises | Scrivere una lettera formale di scuse. Presentare un’azienda a un amico che cerca lavoro in Italia. |
| II week lectures | Avverbi e locuzioni avverbiali. La posizione degli aggettivi qualificativi. Il rapporto di posteriorità. |
| II week exercises | Mettere a confronto due epoche. Scrivere la relazione di una ricerca. |
| III week lectures | Gli antonimi. La proposizione finale |
| III week exercises | Esprimere dissenso. Riconoscere un linguaggio settoriale. |
| IV week lectures | I nomi con il doppio plurale. La nominalizzazione nei testi scientifici. Il passato e il trapassato remoto. |
| IV week exercises | Scrivere una relazione su un personaggio famoso. Analizzare e commentare aforismi. |
| V week lectures | I verbi pronominali. Parole di economia mutuate dall’inglese. |
| V week exercises | Scrivere un articolo di denuncia. Evincere informazioni da dati statistici |
| VI week lectures | I connettivi coordinanti. Alcune collocazioni nei testi storici. |
| VI week exercises | Scrivere una pagina di diario nelle vesti di un personaggio storico. Dare informazioni sulle vicende storiche del proprio Paese |
| VII week lectures | L’imperativo con i pronomi. Le particelle ne e ci. |
| VII week exercises | Modi di dire relativi alla religione. Preparare una scaletta per svolgere una composizione. |
| VIII week lectures | Le parole derivate. Il si passivante. |
| VIII week exercises | Scrivere una storia autobiografica. Trovare punti di contatto tra fenomeni che si ripetono in epoche diverse. |
| IX week lectures | I pronomi relativi doppi. Il congiuntivo indipendente. |
| IX week exercises | Espressioni per scrivere una lettera aperta. Scrivere una lettera aperta. |
| X week lectures | Il periodo ipotetico. I connettivi modali. |
| X week exercises | Fare la recensione di un libro. Esprimersi usando modi di dire |
| XI week lectures | I nomi maschili in -a. Indicativo o congiuntivo. |
| XI week exercises | Raccontare/scrivere la trama di un film. |
| XII week lectures | La frase scissa. I verbi pronominali. |
| XII week exercises | Compilare la scheda di una canzone. Sostenere o confutare una proposta. |
| XIII week lectures | I connettivi consecutivi. Il non pleonastico. |
| XIII week exercises | Parlare del patrimonio artistico del proprio Paese. Tratteggiare la biografia di un artista. |
| XIV week lectures | Midterm test |
| XIV week exercises | Midterm test |
| XV week lectures | La forma impersonale. Il rapporto di anteriorità. |
| XV week exercises | Le parole del teatro. |
| Student workload | |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 10 credits x 40/30=13 hours and 20 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 6 excercises 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
13 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =213 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 13 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =26 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 10 x 30=300 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 60 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 213 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 26 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 60 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | |
| Consultations | |
| Literature | 1. Marin, T, Cernigliaro, M. A. Nuovissimo progetto italiano 3. Roma: Edilingua; 2. Marin, T., Nuovo Progetto italiano 3, Corso multimediale di lingua e civiltà italiana. Livello intermedio – avanzato. Atene: Edilingua; 3. Marin, T., La Prova orale 2, Materiale per la conversazione e la preparazione agli esami orali. Livello intermedio-avanzato, Atene: Edilingua; 4. Tommasini, M. G, Spazio Italia 4. Corso di italiano per stranieri, Livello B2. Torino: Loescher; |
| Examination methods | |
| Special remarks | |
| Comment |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
